xref: /trueos/sys/dev/cxgbe/common/t4_hw.c (revision 8943816bb4812ac55b5f3738b955ac07db05a3b2)
1 /*-
2  * Copyright (c) 2012 Chelsio Communications, Inc.
3  * All rights reserved.
4  *
5  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
6  * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
7  * are met:
8  * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
9  *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
10  * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
11  *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
12  *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
13  *
14  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
15  * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
16  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
17  * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
18  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
19  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
20  * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
21  * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
22  * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
23  * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
24  * SUCH DAMAGE.
25  */
26 
27 #include <sys/cdefs.h>
28 __FBSDID("$FreeBSD$");
29 
30 #include "opt_inet.h"
31 
32 #include "common.h"
33 #include "t4_regs.h"
34 #include "t4_regs_values.h"
35 #include "firmware/t4fw_interface.h"
36 
37 #undef msleep
38 #define msleep(x) do { \
39 	if (cold) \
40 		DELAY((x) * 1000); \
41 	else \
42 		pause("t4hw", (x) * hz / 1000); \
43 } while (0)
44 
45 /**
46  *	t4_wait_op_done_val - wait until an operation is completed
47  *	@adapter: the adapter performing the operation
48  *	@reg: the register to check for completion
49  *	@mask: a single-bit field within @reg that indicates completion
50  *	@polarity: the value of the field when the operation is completed
51  *	@attempts: number of check iterations
52  *	@delay: delay in usecs between iterations
53  *	@valp: where to store the value of the register at completion time
54  *
55  *	Wait until an operation is completed by checking a bit in a register
56  *	up to @attempts times.  If @valp is not NULL the value of the register
57  *	at the time it indicated completion is stored there.  Returns 0 if the
58  *	operation completes and	-EAGAIN	otherwise.
59  */
t4_wait_op_done_val(struct adapter * adapter,int reg,u32 mask,int polarity,int attempts,int delay,u32 * valp)60 int t4_wait_op_done_val(struct adapter *adapter, int reg, u32 mask,
61 		        int polarity, int attempts, int delay, u32 *valp)
62 {
63 	while (1) {
64 		u32 val = t4_read_reg(adapter, reg);
65 
66 		if (!!(val & mask) == polarity) {
67 			if (valp)
68 				*valp = val;
69 			return 0;
70 		}
71 		if (--attempts == 0)
72 			return -EAGAIN;
73 		if (delay)
74 			udelay(delay);
75 	}
76 }
77 
78 /**
79  *	t4_set_reg_field - set a register field to a value
80  *	@adapter: the adapter to program
81  *	@addr: the register address
82  *	@mask: specifies the portion of the register to modify
83  *	@val: the new value for the register field
84  *
85  *	Sets a register field specified by the supplied mask to the
86  *	given value.
87  */
t4_set_reg_field(struct adapter * adapter,unsigned int addr,u32 mask,u32 val)88 void t4_set_reg_field(struct adapter *adapter, unsigned int addr, u32 mask,
89 		      u32 val)
90 {
91 	u32 v = t4_read_reg(adapter, addr) & ~mask;
92 
93 	t4_write_reg(adapter, addr, v | val);
94 	(void) t4_read_reg(adapter, addr);      /* flush */
95 }
96 
97 /**
98  *	t4_read_indirect - read indirectly addressed registers
99  *	@adap: the adapter
100  *	@addr_reg: register holding the indirect address
101  *	@data_reg: register holding the value of the indirect register
102  *	@vals: where the read register values are stored
103  *	@nregs: how many indirect registers to read
104  *	@start_idx: index of first indirect register to read
105  *
106  *	Reads registers that are accessed indirectly through an address/data
107  *	register pair.
108  */
t4_read_indirect(struct adapter * adap,unsigned int addr_reg,unsigned int data_reg,u32 * vals,unsigned int nregs,unsigned int start_idx)109 void t4_read_indirect(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int addr_reg,
110 		      unsigned int data_reg, u32 *vals, unsigned int nregs,
111 		      unsigned int start_idx)
112 {
113 	while (nregs--) {
114 		t4_write_reg(adap, addr_reg, start_idx);
115 		*vals++ = t4_read_reg(adap, data_reg);
116 		start_idx++;
117 	}
118 }
119 
120 /**
121  *	t4_write_indirect - write indirectly addressed registers
122  *	@adap: the adapter
123  *	@addr_reg: register holding the indirect addresses
124  *	@data_reg: register holding the value for the indirect registers
125  *	@vals: values to write
126  *	@nregs: how many indirect registers to write
127  *	@start_idx: address of first indirect register to write
128  *
129  *	Writes a sequential block of registers that are accessed indirectly
130  *	through an address/data register pair.
131  */
t4_write_indirect(struct adapter * adap,unsigned int addr_reg,unsigned int data_reg,const u32 * vals,unsigned int nregs,unsigned int start_idx)132 void t4_write_indirect(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int addr_reg,
133 		       unsigned int data_reg, const u32 *vals,
134 		       unsigned int nregs, unsigned int start_idx)
135 {
136 	while (nregs--) {
137 		t4_write_reg(adap, addr_reg, start_idx++);
138 		t4_write_reg(adap, data_reg, *vals++);
139 	}
140 }
141 
142 /*
143  * Read a 32-bit PCI Configuration Space register via the PCI-E backdoor
144  * mechanism.  This guarantees that we get the real value even if we're
145  * operating within a Virtual Machine and the Hypervisor is trapping our
146  * Configuration Space accesses.
147  */
t4_hw_pci_read_cfg4(adapter_t * adap,int reg)148 u32 t4_hw_pci_read_cfg4(adapter_t *adap, int reg)
149 {
150 	t4_write_reg(adap, A_PCIE_CFG_SPACE_REQ,
151 		     F_ENABLE | F_LOCALCFG | V_FUNCTION(adap->pf) |
152 		     V_REGISTER(reg));
153 	return t4_read_reg(adap, A_PCIE_CFG_SPACE_DATA);
154 }
155 
156 /*
157  *	t4_report_fw_error - report firmware error
158  *	@adap: the adapter
159  *
160  *	The adapter firmware can indicate error conditions to the host.
161  *	This routine prints out the reason for the firmware error (as
162  *	reported by the firmware).
163  */
t4_report_fw_error(struct adapter * adap)164 static void t4_report_fw_error(struct adapter *adap)
165 {
166 	static const char *reason[] = {
167 		"Crash",			/* PCIE_FW_EVAL_CRASH */
168 		"During Device Preparation",	/* PCIE_FW_EVAL_PREP */
169 		"During Device Configuration",	/* PCIE_FW_EVAL_CONF */
170 		"During Device Initialization",	/* PCIE_FW_EVAL_INIT */
171 		"Unexpected Event",		/* PCIE_FW_EVAL_UNEXPECTEDEVENT */
172 		"Insufficient Airflow",		/* PCIE_FW_EVAL_OVERHEAT */
173 		"Device Shutdown",		/* PCIE_FW_EVAL_DEVICESHUTDOWN */
174 		"Reserved",			/* reserved */
175 	};
176 	u32 pcie_fw;
177 
178 	pcie_fw = t4_read_reg(adap, A_PCIE_FW);
179 	if (pcie_fw & F_PCIE_FW_ERR)
180 		CH_ERR(adap, "Firmware reports adapter error: %s\n",
181 		       reason[G_PCIE_FW_EVAL(pcie_fw)]);
182 }
183 
184 /*
185  * Get the reply to a mailbox command and store it in @rpl in big-endian order.
186  */
get_mbox_rpl(struct adapter * adap,__be64 * rpl,int nflit,u32 mbox_addr)187 static void get_mbox_rpl(struct adapter *adap, __be64 *rpl, int nflit,
188 			 u32 mbox_addr)
189 {
190 	for ( ; nflit; nflit--, mbox_addr += 8)
191 		*rpl++ = cpu_to_be64(t4_read_reg64(adap, mbox_addr));
192 }
193 
194 /*
195  * Handle a FW assertion reported in a mailbox.
196  */
fw_asrt(struct adapter * adap,u32 mbox_addr)197 static void fw_asrt(struct adapter *adap, u32 mbox_addr)
198 {
199 	struct fw_debug_cmd asrt;
200 
201 	get_mbox_rpl(adap, (__be64 *)&asrt, sizeof(asrt) / 8, mbox_addr);
202 	CH_ALERT(adap, "FW assertion at %.16s:%u, val0 %#x, val1 %#x\n",
203 		 asrt.u.assert.filename_0_7, ntohl(asrt.u.assert.line),
204 		 ntohl(asrt.u.assert.x), ntohl(asrt.u.assert.y));
205 }
206 
207 #define X_CIM_PF_NOACCESS 0xeeeeeeee
208 /**
209  *	t4_wr_mbox_meat - send a command to FW through the given mailbox
210  *	@adap: the adapter
211  *	@mbox: index of the mailbox to use
212  *	@cmd: the command to write
213  *	@size: command length in bytes
214  *	@rpl: where to optionally store the reply
215  *	@sleep_ok: if true we may sleep while awaiting command completion
216  *
217  *	Sends the given command to FW through the selected mailbox and waits
218  *	for the FW to execute the command.  If @rpl is not %NULL it is used to
219  *	store the FW's reply to the command.  The command and its optional
220  *	reply are of the same length.  Some FW commands like RESET and
221  *	INITIALIZE can take a considerable amount of time to execute.
222  *	@sleep_ok determines whether we may sleep while awaiting the response.
223  *	If sleeping is allowed we use progressive backoff otherwise we spin.
224  *
225  *	The return value is 0 on success or a negative errno on failure.  A
226  *	failure can happen either because we are not able to execute the
227  *	command or FW executes it but signals an error.  In the latter case
228  *	the return value is the error code indicated by FW (negated).
229  */
t4_wr_mbox_meat(struct adapter * adap,int mbox,const void * cmd,int size,void * rpl,bool sleep_ok)230 int t4_wr_mbox_meat(struct adapter *adap, int mbox, const void *cmd, int size,
231 		    void *rpl, bool sleep_ok)
232 {
233 	/*
234 	 * We delay in small increments at first in an effort to maintain
235 	 * responsiveness for simple, fast executing commands but then back
236 	 * off to larger delays to a maximum retry delay.
237 	 */
238 	static const int delay[] = {
239 		1, 1, 3, 5, 10, 10, 20, 50, 100
240 	};
241 
242 	u32 v;
243 	u64 res;
244 	int i, ms, delay_idx;
245 	const __be64 *p = cmd;
246 	u32 data_reg = PF_REG(mbox, A_CIM_PF_MAILBOX_DATA);
247 	u32 ctl_reg = PF_REG(mbox, A_CIM_PF_MAILBOX_CTRL);
248 
249 	if ((size & 15) || size > MBOX_LEN)
250 		return -EINVAL;
251 
252 	v = G_MBOWNER(t4_read_reg(adap, ctl_reg));
253 	for (i = 0; v == X_MBOWNER_NONE && i < 3; i++)
254 		v = G_MBOWNER(t4_read_reg(adap, ctl_reg));
255 
256 	if (v != X_MBOWNER_PL)
257 		return v ? -EBUSY : -ETIMEDOUT;
258 
259 	for (i = 0; i < size; i += 8, p++)
260 		t4_write_reg64(adap, data_reg + i, be64_to_cpu(*p));
261 
262 	t4_write_reg(adap, ctl_reg, F_MBMSGVALID | V_MBOWNER(X_MBOWNER_FW));
263 	t4_read_reg(adap, ctl_reg);          /* flush write */
264 
265 	delay_idx = 0;
266 	ms = delay[0];
267 
268 	for (i = 0; i < FW_CMD_MAX_TIMEOUT; i += ms) {
269 		if (sleep_ok) {
270 			ms = delay[delay_idx];  /* last element may repeat */
271 			if (delay_idx < ARRAY_SIZE(delay) - 1)
272 				delay_idx++;
273 			msleep(ms);
274 		} else
275 			mdelay(ms);
276 
277 		v = t4_read_reg(adap, ctl_reg);
278 		if (v == X_CIM_PF_NOACCESS)
279 			continue;
280 		if (G_MBOWNER(v) == X_MBOWNER_PL) {
281 			if (!(v & F_MBMSGVALID)) {
282 				t4_write_reg(adap, ctl_reg,
283 					     V_MBOWNER(X_MBOWNER_NONE));
284 				continue;
285 			}
286 
287 			res = t4_read_reg64(adap, data_reg);
288 			if (G_FW_CMD_OP(res >> 32) == FW_DEBUG_CMD) {
289 				fw_asrt(adap, data_reg);
290 				res = V_FW_CMD_RETVAL(EIO);
291 			} else if (rpl)
292 				get_mbox_rpl(adap, rpl, size / 8, data_reg);
293 			t4_write_reg(adap, ctl_reg, V_MBOWNER(X_MBOWNER_NONE));
294 			return -G_FW_CMD_RETVAL((int)res);
295 		}
296 	}
297 
298 	/*
299 	 * We timed out waiting for a reply to our mailbox command.  Report
300 	 * the error and also check to see if the firmware reported any
301 	 * errors ...
302 	 */
303 	CH_ERR(adap, "command %#x in mailbox %d timed out\n",
304 	       *(const u8 *)cmd, mbox);
305 	if (t4_read_reg(adap, A_PCIE_FW) & F_PCIE_FW_ERR)
306 		t4_report_fw_error(adap);
307 	return -ETIMEDOUT;
308 }
309 
310 /**
311  *	t4_mc_read - read from MC through backdoor accesses
312  *	@adap: the adapter
313  *	@idx: which MC to access
314  *	@addr: address of first byte requested
315  *	@data: 64 bytes of data containing the requested address
316  *	@ecc: where to store the corresponding 64-bit ECC word
317  *
318  *	Read 64 bytes of data from MC starting at a 64-byte-aligned address
319  *	that covers the requested address @addr.  If @parity is not %NULL it
320  *	is assigned the 64-bit ECC word for the read data.
321  */
t4_mc_read(struct adapter * adap,int idx,u32 addr,__be32 * data,u64 * ecc)322 int t4_mc_read(struct adapter *adap, int idx, u32 addr, __be32 *data, u64 *ecc)
323 {
324 	int i;
325 	u32 mc_bist_cmd_reg, mc_bist_cmd_addr_reg, mc_bist_cmd_len_reg;
326 	u32 mc_bist_status_rdata_reg, mc_bist_data_pattern_reg;
327 
328 	if (is_t4(adap)) {
329 		mc_bist_cmd_reg = A_MC_BIST_CMD;
330 		mc_bist_cmd_addr_reg = A_MC_BIST_CMD_ADDR;
331 		mc_bist_cmd_len_reg = A_MC_BIST_CMD_LEN;
332 		mc_bist_status_rdata_reg = A_MC_BIST_STATUS_RDATA;
333 		mc_bist_data_pattern_reg = A_MC_BIST_DATA_PATTERN;
334 	} else {
335 		mc_bist_cmd_reg = MC_REG(A_MC_P_BIST_CMD, idx);
336 		mc_bist_cmd_addr_reg = MC_REG(A_MC_P_BIST_CMD_ADDR, idx);
337 		mc_bist_cmd_len_reg = MC_REG(A_MC_P_BIST_CMD_LEN, idx);
338 		mc_bist_status_rdata_reg = MC_REG(A_MC_P_BIST_STATUS_RDATA,
339 						  idx);
340 		mc_bist_data_pattern_reg = MC_REG(A_MC_P_BIST_DATA_PATTERN,
341 						  idx);
342 	}
343 
344 	if (t4_read_reg(adap, mc_bist_cmd_reg) & F_START_BIST)
345 		return -EBUSY;
346 	t4_write_reg(adap, mc_bist_cmd_addr_reg, addr & ~0x3fU);
347 	t4_write_reg(adap, mc_bist_cmd_len_reg, 64);
348 	t4_write_reg(adap, mc_bist_data_pattern_reg, 0xc);
349 	t4_write_reg(adap, mc_bist_cmd_reg, V_BIST_OPCODE(1) |
350 		     F_START_BIST | V_BIST_CMD_GAP(1));
351 	i = t4_wait_op_done(adap, mc_bist_cmd_reg, F_START_BIST, 0, 10, 1);
352 	if (i)
353 		return i;
354 
355 #define MC_DATA(i) MC_BIST_STATUS_REG(mc_bist_status_rdata_reg, i)
356 
357 	for (i = 15; i >= 0; i--)
358 		*data++ = ntohl(t4_read_reg(adap, MC_DATA(i)));
359 	if (ecc)
360 		*ecc = t4_read_reg64(adap, MC_DATA(16));
361 #undef MC_DATA
362 	return 0;
363 }
364 
365 /**
366  *	t4_edc_read - read from EDC through backdoor accesses
367  *	@adap: the adapter
368  *	@idx: which EDC to access
369  *	@addr: address of first byte requested
370  *	@data: 64 bytes of data containing the requested address
371  *	@ecc: where to store the corresponding 64-bit ECC word
372  *
373  *	Read 64 bytes of data from EDC starting at a 64-byte-aligned address
374  *	that covers the requested address @addr.  If @parity is not %NULL it
375  *	is assigned the 64-bit ECC word for the read data.
376  */
t4_edc_read(struct adapter * adap,int idx,u32 addr,__be32 * data,u64 * ecc)377 int t4_edc_read(struct adapter *adap, int idx, u32 addr, __be32 *data, u64 *ecc)
378 {
379 	int i;
380 	u32 edc_bist_cmd_reg, edc_bist_cmd_addr_reg, edc_bist_cmd_len_reg;
381 	u32 edc_bist_cmd_data_pattern, edc_bist_status_rdata_reg;
382 
383 	if (is_t4(adap)) {
384 		edc_bist_cmd_reg = EDC_REG(A_EDC_BIST_CMD, idx);
385 		edc_bist_cmd_addr_reg = EDC_REG(A_EDC_BIST_CMD_ADDR, idx);
386 		edc_bist_cmd_len_reg = EDC_REG(A_EDC_BIST_CMD_LEN, idx);
387 		edc_bist_cmd_data_pattern = EDC_REG(A_EDC_BIST_DATA_PATTERN,
388 						    idx);
389 		edc_bist_status_rdata_reg = EDC_REG(A_EDC_BIST_STATUS_RDATA,
390 						    idx);
391 	} else {
392 /*
393  * These macro are missing in t4_regs.h file.
394  * Added temporarily for testing.
395  */
396 #define EDC_STRIDE_T5 (EDC_T51_BASE_ADDR - EDC_T50_BASE_ADDR)
397 #define EDC_REG_T5(reg, idx) (reg + EDC_STRIDE_T5 * idx)
398 		edc_bist_cmd_reg = EDC_REG_T5(A_EDC_H_BIST_CMD, idx);
399 		edc_bist_cmd_addr_reg = EDC_REG_T5(A_EDC_H_BIST_CMD_ADDR, idx);
400 		edc_bist_cmd_len_reg = EDC_REG_T5(A_EDC_H_BIST_CMD_LEN, idx);
401 		edc_bist_cmd_data_pattern = EDC_REG_T5(A_EDC_H_BIST_DATA_PATTERN,
402 						    idx);
403 		edc_bist_status_rdata_reg = EDC_REG_T5(A_EDC_H_BIST_STATUS_RDATA,
404 						    idx);
405 #undef EDC_REG_T5
406 #undef EDC_STRIDE_T5
407 	}
408 
409 	if (t4_read_reg(adap, edc_bist_cmd_reg) & F_START_BIST)
410 		return -EBUSY;
411 	t4_write_reg(adap, edc_bist_cmd_addr_reg, addr & ~0x3fU);
412 	t4_write_reg(adap, edc_bist_cmd_len_reg, 64);
413 	t4_write_reg(adap, edc_bist_cmd_data_pattern, 0xc);
414 	t4_write_reg(adap, edc_bist_cmd_reg,
415 		     V_BIST_OPCODE(1) | V_BIST_CMD_GAP(1) | F_START_BIST);
416 	i = t4_wait_op_done(adap, edc_bist_cmd_reg, F_START_BIST, 0, 10, 1);
417 	if (i)
418 		return i;
419 
420 #define EDC_DATA(i) EDC_BIST_STATUS_REG(edc_bist_status_rdata_reg, i)
421 
422 	for (i = 15; i >= 0; i--)
423 		*data++ = ntohl(t4_read_reg(adap, EDC_DATA(i)));
424 	if (ecc)
425 		*ecc = t4_read_reg64(adap, EDC_DATA(16));
426 #undef EDC_DATA
427 	return 0;
428 }
429 
430 /**
431  *	t4_mem_read - read EDC 0, EDC 1 or MC into buffer
432  *	@adap: the adapter
433  *	@mtype: memory type: MEM_EDC0, MEM_EDC1 or MEM_MC
434  *	@addr: address within indicated memory type
435  *	@len: amount of memory to read
436  *	@buf: host memory buffer
437  *
438  *	Reads an [almost] arbitrary memory region in the firmware: the
439  *	firmware memory address, length and host buffer must be aligned on
440  *	32-bit boudaries.  The memory is returned as a raw byte sequence from
441  *	the firmware's memory.  If this memory contains data structures which
442  *	contain multi-byte integers, it's the callers responsibility to
443  *	perform appropriate byte order conversions.
444  */
t4_mem_read(struct adapter * adap,int mtype,u32 addr,u32 len,__be32 * buf)445 int t4_mem_read(struct adapter *adap, int mtype, u32 addr, u32 len,
446 		__be32 *buf)
447 {
448 	u32 pos, start, end, offset;
449 	int ret;
450 
451 	/*
452 	 * Argument sanity checks ...
453 	 */
454 	if ((addr & 0x3) || (len & 0x3))
455 		return -EINVAL;
456 
457 	/*
458 	 * The underlaying EDC/MC read routines read 64 bytes at a time so we
459 	 * need to round down the start and round up the end.  We'll start
460 	 * copying out of the first line at (addr - start) a word at a time.
461 	 */
462 	start = addr & ~(64-1);
463 	end = (addr + len + 64-1) & ~(64-1);
464 	offset = (addr - start)/sizeof(__be32);
465 
466 	for (pos = start; pos < end; pos += 64, offset = 0) {
467 		__be32 data[16];
468 
469 		/*
470 		 * Read the chip's memory block and bail if there's an error.
471 		 */
472 		if ((mtype == MEM_MC) || (mtype == MEM_MC1))
473 			ret = t4_mc_read(adap, mtype - MEM_MC, pos, data, NULL);
474 		else
475 			ret = t4_edc_read(adap, mtype, pos, data, NULL);
476 		if (ret)
477 			return ret;
478 
479 		/*
480 		 * Copy the data into the caller's memory buffer.
481 		 */
482 		while (offset < 16 && len > 0) {
483 			*buf++ = data[offset++];
484 			len -= sizeof(__be32);
485 		}
486 	}
487 
488 	return 0;
489 }
490 
491 /*
492  * Partial EEPROM Vital Product Data structure.  Includes only the ID and
493  * VPD-R header.
494  */
495 struct t4_vpd_hdr {
496 	u8  id_tag;
497 	u8  id_len[2];
498 	u8  id_data[ID_LEN];
499 	u8  vpdr_tag;
500 	u8  vpdr_len[2];
501 };
502 
503 /*
504  * EEPROM reads take a few tens of us while writes can take a bit over 5 ms.
505  */
506 #define EEPROM_MAX_RD_POLL 40
507 #define EEPROM_MAX_WR_POLL 6
508 #define EEPROM_STAT_ADDR   0x7bfc
509 #define VPD_BASE           0x400
510 #define VPD_BASE_OLD       0
511 #define VPD_LEN            1024
512 #define VPD_INFO_FLD_HDR_SIZE	3
513 #define CHELSIO_VPD_UNIQUE_ID 0x82
514 
515 /**
516  *	t4_seeprom_read - read a serial EEPROM location
517  *	@adapter: adapter to read
518  *	@addr: EEPROM virtual address
519  *	@data: where to store the read data
520  *
521  *	Read a 32-bit word from a location in serial EEPROM using the card's PCI
522  *	VPD capability.  Note that this function must be called with a virtual
523  *	address.
524  */
t4_seeprom_read(struct adapter * adapter,u32 addr,u32 * data)525 int t4_seeprom_read(struct adapter *adapter, u32 addr, u32 *data)
526 {
527 	u16 val;
528 	int attempts = EEPROM_MAX_RD_POLL;
529 	unsigned int base = adapter->params.pci.vpd_cap_addr;
530 
531 	if (addr >= EEPROMVSIZE || (addr & 3))
532 		return -EINVAL;
533 
534 	t4_os_pci_write_cfg2(adapter, base + PCI_VPD_ADDR, (u16)addr);
535 	do {
536 		udelay(10);
537 		t4_os_pci_read_cfg2(adapter, base + PCI_VPD_ADDR, &val);
538 	} while (!(val & PCI_VPD_ADDR_F) && --attempts);
539 
540 	if (!(val & PCI_VPD_ADDR_F)) {
541 		CH_ERR(adapter, "reading EEPROM address 0x%x failed\n", addr);
542 		return -EIO;
543 	}
544 	t4_os_pci_read_cfg4(adapter, base + PCI_VPD_DATA, data);
545 	*data = le32_to_cpu(*data);
546 	return 0;
547 }
548 
549 /**
550  *	t4_seeprom_write - write a serial EEPROM location
551  *	@adapter: adapter to write
552  *	@addr: virtual EEPROM address
553  *	@data: value to write
554  *
555  *	Write a 32-bit word to a location in serial EEPROM using the card's PCI
556  *	VPD capability.  Note that this function must be called with a virtual
557  *	address.
558  */
t4_seeprom_write(struct adapter * adapter,u32 addr,u32 data)559 int t4_seeprom_write(struct adapter *adapter, u32 addr, u32 data)
560 {
561 	u16 val;
562 	int attempts = EEPROM_MAX_WR_POLL;
563 	unsigned int base = adapter->params.pci.vpd_cap_addr;
564 
565 	if (addr >= EEPROMVSIZE || (addr & 3))
566 		return -EINVAL;
567 
568 	t4_os_pci_write_cfg4(adapter, base + PCI_VPD_DATA,
569 				 cpu_to_le32(data));
570 	t4_os_pci_write_cfg2(adapter, base + PCI_VPD_ADDR,
571 				 (u16)addr | PCI_VPD_ADDR_F);
572 	do {
573 		msleep(1);
574 		t4_os_pci_read_cfg2(adapter, base + PCI_VPD_ADDR, &val);
575 	} while ((val & PCI_VPD_ADDR_F) && --attempts);
576 
577 	if (val & PCI_VPD_ADDR_F) {
578 		CH_ERR(adapter, "write to EEPROM address 0x%x failed\n", addr);
579 		return -EIO;
580 	}
581 	return 0;
582 }
583 
584 /**
585  *	t4_eeprom_ptov - translate a physical EEPROM address to virtual
586  *	@phys_addr: the physical EEPROM address
587  *	@fn: the PCI function number
588  *	@sz: size of function-specific area
589  *
590  *	Translate a physical EEPROM address to virtual.  The first 1K is
591  *	accessed through virtual addresses starting at 31K, the rest is
592  *	accessed through virtual addresses starting at 0.
593  *
594  *	The mapping is as follows:
595  *	[0..1K) -> [31K..32K)
596  *	[1K..1K+A) -> [ES-A..ES)
597  *	[1K+A..ES) -> [0..ES-A-1K)
598  *
599  *	where A = @fn * @sz, and ES = EEPROM size.
600  */
t4_eeprom_ptov(unsigned int phys_addr,unsigned int fn,unsigned int sz)601 int t4_eeprom_ptov(unsigned int phys_addr, unsigned int fn, unsigned int sz)
602 {
603 	fn *= sz;
604 	if (phys_addr < 1024)
605 		return phys_addr + (31 << 10);
606 	if (phys_addr < 1024 + fn)
607 		return EEPROMSIZE - fn + phys_addr - 1024;
608 	if (phys_addr < EEPROMSIZE)
609 		return phys_addr - 1024 - fn;
610 	return -EINVAL;
611 }
612 
613 /**
614  *	t4_seeprom_wp - enable/disable EEPROM write protection
615  *	@adapter: the adapter
616  *	@enable: whether to enable or disable write protection
617  *
618  *	Enables or disables write protection on the serial EEPROM.
619  */
t4_seeprom_wp(struct adapter * adapter,int enable)620 int t4_seeprom_wp(struct adapter *adapter, int enable)
621 {
622 	return t4_seeprom_write(adapter, EEPROM_STAT_ADDR, enable ? 0xc : 0);
623 }
624 
625 /**
626  *	get_vpd_keyword_val - Locates an information field keyword in the VPD
627  *	@v: Pointer to buffered vpd data structure
628  *	@kw: The keyword to search for
629  *
630  *	Returns the value of the information field keyword or
631  *	-ENOENT otherwise.
632  */
get_vpd_keyword_val(const struct t4_vpd_hdr * v,const char * kw)633 static int get_vpd_keyword_val(const struct t4_vpd_hdr *v, const char *kw)
634 {
635          int i;
636 	 unsigned int offset , len;
637 	 const u8 *buf = &v->id_tag;
638 	 const u8 *vpdr_len = &v->vpdr_tag;
639 	 offset = sizeof(struct t4_vpd_hdr);
640 	 len =  (u16)vpdr_len[1] + ((u16)vpdr_len[2] << 8);
641 
642 	 if (len + sizeof(struct t4_vpd_hdr) > VPD_LEN) {
643 		 return -ENOENT;
644 	 }
645 
646          for (i = offset; i + VPD_INFO_FLD_HDR_SIZE <= offset + len;) {
647 		 if(memcmp(buf + i , kw , 2) == 0){
648 			 i += VPD_INFO_FLD_HDR_SIZE;
649                          return i;
650 		  }
651 
652                  i += VPD_INFO_FLD_HDR_SIZE + buf[i+2];
653          }
654 
655          return -ENOENT;
656 }
657 
658 
659 /**
660  *	get_vpd_params - read VPD parameters from VPD EEPROM
661  *	@adapter: adapter to read
662  *	@p: where to store the parameters
663  *
664  *	Reads card parameters stored in VPD EEPROM.
665  */
get_vpd_params(struct adapter * adapter,struct vpd_params * p)666 static int get_vpd_params(struct adapter *adapter, struct vpd_params *p)
667 {
668 	int i, ret, addr;
669 	int ec, sn, pn, na;
670 	u8 vpd[VPD_LEN], csum;
671 	const struct t4_vpd_hdr *v;
672 
673 	/*
674 	 * Card information normally starts at VPD_BASE but early cards had
675 	 * it at 0.
676 	 */
677 	ret = t4_seeprom_read(adapter, VPD_BASE, (u32 *)(vpd));
678 	addr = *vpd == CHELSIO_VPD_UNIQUE_ID ? VPD_BASE : VPD_BASE_OLD;
679 
680 	for (i = 0; i < sizeof(vpd); i += 4) {
681 		ret = t4_seeprom_read(adapter, addr + i, (u32 *)(vpd + i));
682 		if (ret)
683 			return ret;
684 	}
685  	v = (const struct t4_vpd_hdr *)vpd;
686 
687 #define FIND_VPD_KW(var,name) do { \
688 	var = get_vpd_keyword_val(v , name); \
689 	if (var < 0) { \
690 		CH_ERR(adapter, "missing VPD keyword " name "\n"); \
691 		return -EINVAL; \
692 	} \
693 } while (0)
694 
695 	FIND_VPD_KW(i, "RV");
696 	for (csum = 0; i >= 0; i--)
697 		csum += vpd[i];
698 
699 	if (csum) {
700 		CH_ERR(adapter, "corrupted VPD EEPROM, actual csum %u\n", csum);
701 		return -EINVAL;
702 	}
703 	FIND_VPD_KW(ec, "EC");
704 	FIND_VPD_KW(sn, "SN");
705 	FIND_VPD_KW(pn, "PN");
706 	FIND_VPD_KW(na, "NA");
707 #undef FIND_VPD_KW
708 
709 	memcpy(p->id, v->id_data, ID_LEN);
710 	strstrip(p->id);
711 	memcpy(p->ec, vpd + ec, EC_LEN);
712 	strstrip(p->ec);
713 	i = vpd[sn - VPD_INFO_FLD_HDR_SIZE + 2];
714 	memcpy(p->sn, vpd + sn, min(i, SERNUM_LEN));
715 	strstrip(p->sn);
716 	i = vpd[pn - VPD_INFO_FLD_HDR_SIZE + 2];
717 	memcpy(p->pn, vpd + pn, min(i, PN_LEN));
718 	strstrip((char *)p->pn);
719 	i = vpd[na - VPD_INFO_FLD_HDR_SIZE + 2];
720 	memcpy(p->na, vpd + na, min(i, MACADDR_LEN));
721 	strstrip((char *)p->na);
722 
723 	return 0;
724 }
725 
726 /* serial flash and firmware constants and flash config file constants */
727 enum {
728 	SF_ATTEMPTS = 10,             /* max retries for SF operations */
729 
730 	/* flash command opcodes */
731 	SF_PROG_PAGE    = 2,          /* program page */
732 	SF_WR_DISABLE   = 4,          /* disable writes */
733 	SF_RD_STATUS    = 5,          /* read status register */
734 	SF_WR_ENABLE    = 6,          /* enable writes */
735 	SF_RD_DATA_FAST = 0xb,        /* read flash */
736 	SF_RD_ID        = 0x9f,       /* read ID */
737 	SF_ERASE_SECTOR = 0xd8,       /* erase sector */
738 };
739 
740 /**
741  *	sf1_read - read data from the serial flash
742  *	@adapter: the adapter
743  *	@byte_cnt: number of bytes to read
744  *	@cont: whether another operation will be chained
745  *	@lock: whether to lock SF for PL access only
746  *	@valp: where to store the read data
747  *
748  *	Reads up to 4 bytes of data from the serial flash.  The location of
749  *	the read needs to be specified prior to calling this by issuing the
750  *	appropriate commands to the serial flash.
751  */
sf1_read(struct adapter * adapter,unsigned int byte_cnt,int cont,int lock,u32 * valp)752 static int sf1_read(struct adapter *adapter, unsigned int byte_cnt, int cont,
753 		    int lock, u32 *valp)
754 {
755 	int ret;
756 
757 	if (!byte_cnt || byte_cnt > 4)
758 		return -EINVAL;
759 	if (t4_read_reg(adapter, A_SF_OP) & F_BUSY)
760 		return -EBUSY;
761 	t4_write_reg(adapter, A_SF_OP,
762 		     V_SF_LOCK(lock) | V_CONT(cont) | V_BYTECNT(byte_cnt - 1));
763 	ret = t4_wait_op_done(adapter, A_SF_OP, F_BUSY, 0, SF_ATTEMPTS, 5);
764 	if (!ret)
765 		*valp = t4_read_reg(adapter, A_SF_DATA);
766 	return ret;
767 }
768 
769 /**
770  *	sf1_write - write data to the serial flash
771  *	@adapter: the adapter
772  *	@byte_cnt: number of bytes to write
773  *	@cont: whether another operation will be chained
774  *	@lock: whether to lock SF for PL access only
775  *	@val: value to write
776  *
777  *	Writes up to 4 bytes of data to the serial flash.  The location of
778  *	the write needs to be specified prior to calling this by issuing the
779  *	appropriate commands to the serial flash.
780  */
sf1_write(struct adapter * adapter,unsigned int byte_cnt,int cont,int lock,u32 val)781 static int sf1_write(struct adapter *adapter, unsigned int byte_cnt, int cont,
782 		     int lock, u32 val)
783 {
784 	if (!byte_cnt || byte_cnt > 4)
785 		return -EINVAL;
786 	if (t4_read_reg(adapter, A_SF_OP) & F_BUSY)
787 		return -EBUSY;
788 	t4_write_reg(adapter, A_SF_DATA, val);
789 	t4_write_reg(adapter, A_SF_OP, V_SF_LOCK(lock) |
790 		     V_CONT(cont) | V_BYTECNT(byte_cnt - 1) | V_OP(1));
791 	return t4_wait_op_done(adapter, A_SF_OP, F_BUSY, 0, SF_ATTEMPTS, 5);
792 }
793 
794 /**
795  *	flash_wait_op - wait for a flash operation to complete
796  *	@adapter: the adapter
797  *	@attempts: max number of polls of the status register
798  *	@delay: delay between polls in ms
799  *
800  *	Wait for a flash operation to complete by polling the status register.
801  */
flash_wait_op(struct adapter * adapter,int attempts,int delay)802 static int flash_wait_op(struct adapter *adapter, int attempts, int delay)
803 {
804 	int ret;
805 	u32 status;
806 
807 	while (1) {
808 		if ((ret = sf1_write(adapter, 1, 1, 1, SF_RD_STATUS)) != 0 ||
809 		    (ret = sf1_read(adapter, 1, 0, 1, &status)) != 0)
810 			return ret;
811 		if (!(status & 1))
812 			return 0;
813 		if (--attempts == 0)
814 			return -EAGAIN;
815 		if (delay)
816 			msleep(delay);
817 	}
818 }
819 
820 /**
821  *	t4_read_flash - read words from serial flash
822  *	@adapter: the adapter
823  *	@addr: the start address for the read
824  *	@nwords: how many 32-bit words to read
825  *	@data: where to store the read data
826  *	@byte_oriented: whether to store data as bytes or as words
827  *
828  *	Read the specified number of 32-bit words from the serial flash.
829  *	If @byte_oriented is set the read data is stored as a byte array
830  *	(i.e., big-endian), otherwise as 32-bit words in the platform's
831  *	natural endianess.
832  */
t4_read_flash(struct adapter * adapter,unsigned int addr,unsigned int nwords,u32 * data,int byte_oriented)833 int t4_read_flash(struct adapter *adapter, unsigned int addr,
834 		  unsigned int nwords, u32 *data, int byte_oriented)
835 {
836 	int ret;
837 
838 	if (addr + nwords * sizeof(u32) > adapter->params.sf_size || (addr & 3))
839 		return -EINVAL;
840 
841 	addr = swab32(addr) | SF_RD_DATA_FAST;
842 
843 	if ((ret = sf1_write(adapter, 4, 1, 0, addr)) != 0 ||
844 	    (ret = sf1_read(adapter, 1, 1, 0, data)) != 0)
845 		return ret;
846 
847 	for ( ; nwords; nwords--, data++) {
848 		ret = sf1_read(adapter, 4, nwords > 1, nwords == 1, data);
849 		if (nwords == 1)
850 			t4_write_reg(adapter, A_SF_OP, 0);    /* unlock SF */
851 		if (ret)
852 			return ret;
853 		if (byte_oriented)
854 			*data = htonl(*data);
855 	}
856 	return 0;
857 }
858 
859 /**
860  *	t4_write_flash - write up to a page of data to the serial flash
861  *	@adapter: the adapter
862  *	@addr: the start address to write
863  *	@n: length of data to write in bytes
864  *	@data: the data to write
865  *	@byte_oriented: whether to store data as bytes or as words
866  *
867  *	Writes up to a page of data (256 bytes) to the serial flash starting
868  *	at the given address.  All the data must be written to the same page.
869  *	If @byte_oriented is set the write data is stored as byte stream
870  *	(i.e. matches what on disk), otherwise in big-endian.
871  */
t4_write_flash(struct adapter * adapter,unsigned int addr,unsigned int n,const u8 * data,int byte_oriented)872 static int t4_write_flash(struct adapter *adapter, unsigned int addr,
873 			  unsigned int n, const u8 *data, int byte_oriented)
874 {
875 	int ret;
876 	u32 buf[SF_PAGE_SIZE / 4];
877 	unsigned int i, c, left, val, offset = addr & 0xff;
878 
879 	if (addr >= adapter->params.sf_size || offset + n > SF_PAGE_SIZE)
880 		return -EINVAL;
881 
882 	val = swab32(addr) | SF_PROG_PAGE;
883 
884 	if ((ret = sf1_write(adapter, 1, 0, 1, SF_WR_ENABLE)) != 0 ||
885 	    (ret = sf1_write(adapter, 4, 1, 1, val)) != 0)
886 		goto unlock;
887 
888 	for (left = n; left; left -= c) {
889 		c = min(left, 4U);
890 		for (val = 0, i = 0; i < c; ++i)
891 			val = (val << 8) + *data++;
892 
893 		if (!byte_oriented)
894 			val = htonl(val);
895 
896 		ret = sf1_write(adapter, c, c != left, 1, val);
897 		if (ret)
898 			goto unlock;
899 	}
900 	ret = flash_wait_op(adapter, 8, 1);
901 	if (ret)
902 		goto unlock;
903 
904 	t4_write_reg(adapter, A_SF_OP, 0);    /* unlock SF */
905 
906 	/* Read the page to verify the write succeeded */
907 	ret = t4_read_flash(adapter, addr & ~0xff, ARRAY_SIZE(buf), buf,
908 			    byte_oriented);
909 	if (ret)
910 		return ret;
911 
912 	if (memcmp(data - n, (u8 *)buf + offset, n)) {
913 		CH_ERR(adapter, "failed to correctly write the flash page "
914 		       "at %#x\n", addr);
915 		return -EIO;
916 	}
917 	return 0;
918 
919 unlock:
920 	t4_write_reg(adapter, A_SF_OP, 0);    /* unlock SF */
921 	return ret;
922 }
923 
924 /**
925  *	t4_get_fw_version - read the firmware version
926  *	@adapter: the adapter
927  *	@vers: where to place the version
928  *
929  *	Reads the FW version from flash.
930  */
t4_get_fw_version(struct adapter * adapter,u32 * vers)931 int t4_get_fw_version(struct adapter *adapter, u32 *vers)
932 {
933 	return t4_read_flash(adapter,
934 			     FLASH_FW_START + offsetof(struct fw_hdr, fw_ver), 1,
935 			     vers, 0);
936 }
937 
938 /**
939  *	t4_get_tp_version - read the TP microcode version
940  *	@adapter: the adapter
941  *	@vers: where to place the version
942  *
943  *	Reads the TP microcode version from flash.
944  */
t4_get_tp_version(struct adapter * adapter,u32 * vers)945 int t4_get_tp_version(struct adapter *adapter, u32 *vers)
946 {
947 	return t4_read_flash(adapter, FLASH_FW_START + offsetof(struct fw_hdr,
948 							      tp_microcode_ver),
949 			     1, vers, 0);
950 }
951 
952 /**
953  *	t4_check_fw_version - check if the FW is compatible with this driver
954  *	@adapter: the adapter
955  *
956  *	Checks if an adapter's FW is compatible with the driver.  Returns 0
957  *	if there's exact match, a negative error if the version could not be
958  *	read or there's a major version mismatch, and a positive value if the
959  *	expected major version is found but there's a minor version mismatch.
960  */
t4_check_fw_version(struct adapter * adapter)961 int t4_check_fw_version(struct adapter *adapter)
962 {
963 	int ret, major, minor, micro;
964 	int exp_major, exp_minor, exp_micro;
965 
966 	ret = t4_get_fw_version(adapter, &adapter->params.fw_vers);
967 	if (!ret)
968 		ret = t4_get_tp_version(adapter, &adapter->params.tp_vers);
969 	if (ret)
970 		return ret;
971 
972 	major = G_FW_HDR_FW_VER_MAJOR(adapter->params.fw_vers);
973 	minor = G_FW_HDR_FW_VER_MINOR(adapter->params.fw_vers);
974 	micro = G_FW_HDR_FW_VER_MICRO(adapter->params.fw_vers);
975 
976 	switch (chip_id(adapter)) {
977 	case CHELSIO_T4:
978 		exp_major = T4FW_VERSION_MAJOR;
979 		exp_minor = T4FW_VERSION_MINOR;
980 		exp_micro = T4FW_VERSION_MICRO;
981 		break;
982 	case CHELSIO_T5:
983 		exp_major = T5FW_VERSION_MAJOR;
984 		exp_minor = T5FW_VERSION_MINOR;
985 		exp_micro = T5FW_VERSION_MICRO;
986 		break;
987 	default:
988 		CH_ERR(adapter, "Unsupported chip type, %x\n",
989 		    chip_id(adapter));
990 		return -EINVAL;
991 	}
992 
993 	if (major != exp_major) {            /* major mismatch - fail */
994 		CH_ERR(adapter, "card FW has major version %u, driver wants "
995 		       "%u\n", major, exp_major);
996 		return -EINVAL;
997 	}
998 
999 	if (minor == exp_minor && micro == exp_micro)
1000 		return 0;                                   /* perfect match */
1001 
1002 	/* Minor/micro version mismatch.  Report it but often it's OK. */
1003 	return 1;
1004 }
1005 
1006 /**
1007  *	t4_flash_erase_sectors - erase a range of flash sectors
1008  *	@adapter: the adapter
1009  *	@start: the first sector to erase
1010  *	@end: the last sector to erase
1011  *
1012  *	Erases the sectors in the given inclusive range.
1013  */
t4_flash_erase_sectors(struct adapter * adapter,int start,int end)1014 static int t4_flash_erase_sectors(struct adapter *adapter, int start, int end)
1015 {
1016 	int ret = 0;
1017 
1018 	while (start <= end) {
1019 		if ((ret = sf1_write(adapter, 1, 0, 1, SF_WR_ENABLE)) != 0 ||
1020 		    (ret = sf1_write(adapter, 4, 0, 1,
1021 				     SF_ERASE_SECTOR | (start << 8))) != 0 ||
1022 		    (ret = flash_wait_op(adapter, 14, 500)) != 0) {
1023 			CH_ERR(adapter, "erase of flash sector %d failed, "
1024 			       "error %d\n", start, ret);
1025 			break;
1026 		}
1027 		start++;
1028 	}
1029 	t4_write_reg(adapter, A_SF_OP, 0);    /* unlock SF */
1030 	return ret;
1031 }
1032 
1033 /**
1034  *	t4_flash_cfg_addr - return the address of the flash configuration file
1035  *	@adapter: the adapter
1036  *
1037  *	Return the address within the flash where the Firmware Configuration
1038  *	File is stored, or an error if the device FLASH is too small to contain
1039  *	a Firmware Configuration File.
1040  */
t4_flash_cfg_addr(struct adapter * adapter)1041 int t4_flash_cfg_addr(struct adapter *adapter)
1042 {
1043 	/*
1044 	 * If the device FLASH isn't large enough to hold a Firmware
1045 	 * Configuration File, return an error.
1046 	 */
1047 	if (adapter->params.sf_size < FLASH_CFG_START + FLASH_CFG_MAX_SIZE)
1048 		return -ENOSPC;
1049 
1050 	return FLASH_CFG_START;
1051 }
1052 
1053 /**
1054  *	t4_load_cfg - download config file
1055  *	@adap: the adapter
1056  *	@cfg_data: the cfg text file to write
1057  *	@size: text file size
1058  *
1059  *	Write the supplied config text file to the card's serial flash.
1060  */
t4_load_cfg(struct adapter * adap,const u8 * cfg_data,unsigned int size)1061 int t4_load_cfg(struct adapter *adap, const u8 *cfg_data, unsigned int size)
1062 {
1063 	int ret, i, n, cfg_addr;
1064 	unsigned int addr;
1065 	unsigned int flash_cfg_start_sec;
1066 	unsigned int sf_sec_size = adap->params.sf_size / adap->params.sf_nsec;
1067 
1068 	cfg_addr = t4_flash_cfg_addr(adap);
1069 	if (cfg_addr < 0)
1070 		return cfg_addr;
1071 
1072 	addr = cfg_addr;
1073 	flash_cfg_start_sec = addr / SF_SEC_SIZE;
1074 
1075 	if (size > FLASH_CFG_MAX_SIZE) {
1076 		CH_ERR(adap, "cfg file too large, max is %u bytes\n",
1077 		       FLASH_CFG_MAX_SIZE);
1078 		return -EFBIG;
1079 	}
1080 
1081 	i = DIV_ROUND_UP(FLASH_CFG_MAX_SIZE,	/* # of sectors spanned */
1082 			 sf_sec_size);
1083 	ret = t4_flash_erase_sectors(adap, flash_cfg_start_sec,
1084 				     flash_cfg_start_sec + i - 1);
1085 	/*
1086 	 * If size == 0 then we're simply erasing the FLASH sectors associated
1087 	 * with the on-adapter Firmware Configuration File.
1088 	 */
1089 	if (ret || size == 0)
1090 		goto out;
1091 
1092 	/* this will write to the flash up to SF_PAGE_SIZE at a time */
1093 	for (i = 0; i< size; i+= SF_PAGE_SIZE) {
1094 		if ( (size - i) <  SF_PAGE_SIZE)
1095 			n = size - i;
1096 		else
1097 			n = SF_PAGE_SIZE;
1098 		ret = t4_write_flash(adap, addr, n, cfg_data, 1);
1099 		if (ret)
1100 			goto out;
1101 
1102 		addr += SF_PAGE_SIZE;
1103 		cfg_data += SF_PAGE_SIZE;
1104 	}
1105 
1106 out:
1107 	if (ret)
1108 		CH_ERR(adap, "config file %s failed %d\n",
1109 		       (size == 0 ? "clear" : "download"), ret);
1110 	return ret;
1111 }
1112 
1113 
1114 /**
1115  *	t4_load_fw - download firmware
1116  *	@adap: the adapter
1117  *	@fw_data: the firmware image to write
1118  *	@size: image size
1119  *
1120  *	Write the supplied firmware image to the card's serial flash.
1121  */
t4_load_fw(struct adapter * adap,const u8 * fw_data,unsigned int size)1122 int t4_load_fw(struct adapter *adap, const u8 *fw_data, unsigned int size)
1123 {
1124 	u32 csum;
1125 	int ret, addr;
1126 	unsigned int i;
1127 	u8 first_page[SF_PAGE_SIZE];
1128 	const u32 *p = (const u32 *)fw_data;
1129 	const struct fw_hdr *hdr = (const struct fw_hdr *)fw_data;
1130 	unsigned int sf_sec_size = adap->params.sf_size / adap->params.sf_nsec;
1131 	unsigned int fw_start_sec;
1132 	unsigned int fw_start;
1133 	unsigned int fw_size;
1134 
1135 	if (ntohl(hdr->magic) == FW_HDR_MAGIC_BOOTSTRAP) {
1136 		fw_start_sec = FLASH_FWBOOTSTRAP_START_SEC;
1137 		fw_start = FLASH_FWBOOTSTRAP_START;
1138 		fw_size = FLASH_FWBOOTSTRAP_MAX_SIZE;
1139 	} else {
1140 		fw_start_sec = FLASH_FW_START_SEC;
1141  		fw_start = FLASH_FW_START;
1142 		fw_size = FLASH_FW_MAX_SIZE;
1143 	}
1144 	if (!size) {
1145 		CH_ERR(adap, "FW image has no data\n");
1146 		return -EINVAL;
1147 	}
1148 	if (size & 511) {
1149 		CH_ERR(adap, "FW image size not multiple of 512 bytes\n");
1150 		return -EINVAL;
1151 	}
1152 	if (ntohs(hdr->len512) * 512 != size) {
1153 		CH_ERR(adap, "FW image size differs from size in FW header\n");
1154 		return -EINVAL;
1155 	}
1156 	if (size > fw_size) {
1157 		CH_ERR(adap, "FW image too large, max is %u bytes\n", fw_size);
1158 		return -EFBIG;
1159 	}
1160 	if ((is_t4(adap) && hdr->chip != FW_HDR_CHIP_T4) ||
1161 	    (is_t5(adap) && hdr->chip != FW_HDR_CHIP_T5)) {
1162 		CH_ERR(adap,
1163 		    "FW image (%d) is not suitable for this adapter (%d)\n",
1164 		    hdr->chip, chip_id(adap));
1165 		return -EINVAL;
1166 	}
1167 
1168 	for (csum = 0, i = 0; i < size / sizeof(csum); i++)
1169 		csum += ntohl(p[i]);
1170 
1171 	if (csum != 0xffffffff) {
1172 		CH_ERR(adap, "corrupted firmware image, checksum %#x\n",
1173 		       csum);
1174 		return -EINVAL;
1175 	}
1176 
1177 	i = DIV_ROUND_UP(size, sf_sec_size);        /* # of sectors spanned */
1178 	ret = t4_flash_erase_sectors(adap, fw_start_sec, fw_start_sec + i - 1);
1179 	if (ret)
1180 		goto out;
1181 
1182 	/*
1183 	 * We write the correct version at the end so the driver can see a bad
1184 	 * version if the FW write fails.  Start by writing a copy of the
1185 	 * first page with a bad version.
1186 	 */
1187 	memcpy(first_page, fw_data, SF_PAGE_SIZE);
1188 	((struct fw_hdr *)first_page)->fw_ver = htonl(0xffffffff);
1189 	ret = t4_write_flash(adap, fw_start, SF_PAGE_SIZE, first_page, 1);
1190 	if (ret)
1191 		goto out;
1192 
1193 	addr = fw_start;
1194 	for (size -= SF_PAGE_SIZE; size; size -= SF_PAGE_SIZE) {
1195 		addr += SF_PAGE_SIZE;
1196 		fw_data += SF_PAGE_SIZE;
1197 		ret = t4_write_flash(adap, addr, SF_PAGE_SIZE, fw_data, 1);
1198 		if (ret)
1199 			goto out;
1200 	}
1201 
1202 	ret = t4_write_flash(adap,
1203 			     fw_start + offsetof(struct fw_hdr, fw_ver),
1204 			     sizeof(hdr->fw_ver), (const u8 *)&hdr->fw_ver, 1);
1205 out:
1206 	if (ret)
1207 		CH_ERR(adap, "firmware download failed, error %d\n", ret);
1208 	return ret;
1209 }
1210 
1211 /* BIOS boot headers */
1212 typedef struct pci_expansion_rom_header {
1213 	u8	signature[2]; /* ROM Signature. Should be 0xaa55 */
1214 	u8	reserved[22]; /* Reserved per processor Architecture data */
1215 	u8	pcir_offset[2]; /* Offset to PCI Data Structure */
1216 } pci_exp_rom_header_t; /* PCI_EXPANSION_ROM_HEADER */
1217 
1218 /* Legacy PCI Expansion ROM Header */
1219 typedef struct legacy_pci_expansion_rom_header {
1220 	u8	signature[2]; /* ROM Signature. Should be 0xaa55 */
1221 	u8	size512; /* Current Image Size in units of 512 bytes */
1222 	u8	initentry_point[4];
1223 	u8	cksum; /* Checksum computed on the entire Image */
1224 	u8	reserved[16]; /* Reserved */
1225 	u8	pcir_offset[2]; /* Offset to PCI Data Struture */
1226 } legacy_pci_exp_rom_header_t; /* LEGACY_PCI_EXPANSION_ROM_HEADER */
1227 
1228 /* EFI PCI Expansion ROM Header */
1229 typedef struct efi_pci_expansion_rom_header {
1230 	u8	signature[2]; // ROM signature. The value 0xaa55
1231 	u8	initialization_size[2]; /* Units 512. Includes this header */
1232 	u8	efi_signature[4]; /* Signature from EFI image header. 0x0EF1 */
1233 	u8	efi_subsystem[2]; /* Subsystem value for EFI image header */
1234 	u8	efi_machine_type[2]; /* Machine type from EFI image header */
1235 	u8	compression_type[2]; /* Compression type. */
1236 		/*
1237 		 * Compression type definition
1238 		 * 0x0: uncompressed
1239 		 * 0x1: Compressed
1240 		 * 0x2-0xFFFF: Reserved
1241 		 */
1242 	u8	reserved[8]; /* Reserved */
1243 	u8	efi_image_header_offset[2]; /* Offset to EFI Image */
1244 	u8	pcir_offset[2]; /* Offset to PCI Data Structure */
1245 } efi_pci_exp_rom_header_t; /* EFI PCI Expansion ROM Header */
1246 
1247 /* PCI Data Structure Format */
1248 typedef struct pcir_data_structure { /* PCI Data Structure */
1249 	u8	signature[4]; /* Signature. The string "PCIR" */
1250 	u8	vendor_id[2]; /* Vendor Identification */
1251 	u8	device_id[2]; /* Device Identification */
1252 	u8	vital_product[2]; /* Pointer to Vital Product Data */
1253 	u8	length[2]; /* PCIR Data Structure Length */
1254 	u8	revision; /* PCIR Data Structure Revision */
1255 	u8	class_code[3]; /* Class Code */
1256 	u8	image_length[2]; /* Image Length. Multiple of 512B */
1257 	u8	code_revision[2]; /* Revision Level of Code/Data */
1258 	u8	code_type; /* Code Type. */
1259 		/*
1260 		 * PCI Expansion ROM Code Types
1261 		 * 0x00: Intel IA-32, PC-AT compatible. Legacy
1262 		 * 0x01: Open Firmware standard for PCI. FCODE
1263 		 * 0x02: Hewlett-Packard PA RISC. HP reserved
1264 		 * 0x03: EFI Image. EFI
1265 		 * 0x04-0xFF: Reserved.
1266 		 */
1267 	u8	indicator; /* Indicator. Identifies the last image in the ROM */
1268 	u8	reserved[2]; /* Reserved */
1269 } pcir_data_t; /* PCI__DATA_STRUCTURE */
1270 
1271 /* BOOT constants */
1272 enum {
1273 	BOOT_FLASH_BOOT_ADDR = 0x0,/* start address of boot image in flash */
1274 	BOOT_SIGNATURE = 0xaa55,   /* signature of BIOS boot ROM */
1275 	BOOT_SIZE_INC = 512,       /* image size measured in 512B chunks */
1276 	BOOT_MIN_SIZE = sizeof(pci_exp_rom_header_t), /* basic header */
1277 	BOOT_MAX_SIZE = 1024*BOOT_SIZE_INC, /* 1 byte * length increment  */
1278 	VENDOR_ID = 0x1425, /* Vendor ID */
1279 	PCIR_SIGNATURE = 0x52494350 /* PCIR signature */
1280 };
1281 
1282 /*
1283  *	modify_device_id - Modifies the device ID of the Boot BIOS image
1284  *	@adatper: the device ID to write.
1285  *	@boot_data: the boot image to modify.
1286  *
1287  *	Write the supplied device ID to the boot BIOS image.
1288  */
modify_device_id(int device_id,u8 * boot_data)1289 static void modify_device_id(int device_id, u8 *boot_data)
1290 {
1291 	legacy_pci_exp_rom_header_t *header;
1292 	pcir_data_t *pcir_header;
1293 	u32 cur_header = 0;
1294 
1295 	/*
1296 	 * Loop through all chained images and change the device ID's
1297 	 */
1298 	while (1) {
1299 		header = (legacy_pci_exp_rom_header_t *) &boot_data[cur_header];
1300 		pcir_header = (pcir_data_t *) &boot_data[cur_header +
1301 		    le16_to_cpu(*(u16*)header->pcir_offset)];
1302 
1303 		/*
1304 		 * Only modify the Device ID if code type is Legacy or HP.
1305 		 * 0x00: Okay to modify
1306 		 * 0x01: FCODE. Do not be modify
1307 		 * 0x03: Okay to modify
1308 		 * 0x04-0xFF: Do not modify
1309 		 */
1310 		if (pcir_header->code_type == 0x00) {
1311 			u8 csum = 0;
1312 			int i;
1313 
1314 			/*
1315 			 * Modify Device ID to match current adatper
1316 			 */
1317 			*(u16*) pcir_header->device_id = device_id;
1318 
1319 			/*
1320 			 * Set checksum temporarily to 0.
1321 			 * We will recalculate it later.
1322 			 */
1323 			header->cksum = 0x0;
1324 
1325 			/*
1326 			 * Calculate and update checksum
1327 			 */
1328 			for (i = 0; i < (header->size512 * 512); i++)
1329 				csum += (u8)boot_data[cur_header + i];
1330 
1331 			/*
1332 			 * Invert summed value to create the checksum
1333 			 * Writing new checksum value directly to the boot data
1334 			 */
1335 			boot_data[cur_header + 7] = -csum;
1336 
1337 		} else if (pcir_header->code_type == 0x03) {
1338 
1339 			/*
1340 			 * Modify Device ID to match current adatper
1341 			 */
1342 			*(u16*) pcir_header->device_id = device_id;
1343 
1344 		}
1345 
1346 
1347 		/*
1348 		 * Check indicator element to identify if this is the last
1349 		 * image in the ROM.
1350 		 */
1351 		if (pcir_header->indicator & 0x80)
1352 			break;
1353 
1354 		/*
1355 		 * Move header pointer up to the next image in the ROM.
1356 		 */
1357 		cur_header += header->size512 * 512;
1358 	}
1359 }
1360 
1361 /*
1362  *	t4_load_boot - download boot flash
1363  *	@adapter: the adapter
1364  *	@boot_data: the boot image to write
1365  *	@boot_addr: offset in flash to write boot_data
1366  *	@size: image size
1367  *
1368  *	Write the supplied boot image to the card's serial flash.
1369  *	The boot image has the following sections: a 28-byte header and the
1370  *	boot image.
1371  */
t4_load_boot(struct adapter * adap,u8 * boot_data,unsigned int boot_addr,unsigned int size)1372 int t4_load_boot(struct adapter *adap, u8 *boot_data,
1373 		 unsigned int boot_addr, unsigned int size)
1374 {
1375 	pci_exp_rom_header_t *header;
1376 	int pcir_offset ;
1377 	pcir_data_t *pcir_header;
1378 	int ret, addr;
1379 	uint16_t device_id;
1380 	unsigned int i;
1381 	unsigned int boot_sector = boot_addr * 1024;
1382 	unsigned int sf_sec_size = adap->params.sf_size / adap->params.sf_nsec;
1383 
1384 	/*
1385 	 * Make sure the boot image does not encroach on the firmware region
1386 	 */
1387 	if ((boot_sector + size) >> 16 > FLASH_FW_START_SEC) {
1388 		CH_ERR(adap, "boot image encroaching on firmware region\n");
1389 		return -EFBIG;
1390 	}
1391 
1392 	/*
1393 	 * Number of sectors spanned
1394 	 */
1395 	i = DIV_ROUND_UP(size ? size : FLASH_BOOTCFG_MAX_SIZE,
1396 			sf_sec_size);
1397 	ret = t4_flash_erase_sectors(adap, boot_sector >> 16,
1398 				     (boot_sector >> 16) + i - 1);
1399 
1400 	/*
1401 	 * If size == 0 then we're simply erasing the FLASH sectors associated
1402 	 * with the on-adapter option ROM file
1403 	 */
1404 	if (ret || (size == 0))
1405 		goto out;
1406 
1407 	/* Get boot header */
1408 	header = (pci_exp_rom_header_t *)boot_data;
1409 	pcir_offset = le16_to_cpu(*(u16 *)header->pcir_offset);
1410 	/* PCIR Data Structure */
1411 	pcir_header = (pcir_data_t *) &boot_data[pcir_offset];
1412 
1413 	/*
1414 	 * Perform some primitive sanity testing to avoid accidentally
1415 	 * writing garbage over the boot sectors.  We ought to check for
1416 	 * more but it's not worth it for now ...
1417 	 */
1418 	if (size < BOOT_MIN_SIZE || size > BOOT_MAX_SIZE) {
1419 		CH_ERR(adap, "boot image too small/large\n");
1420 		return -EFBIG;
1421 	}
1422 
1423 	/*
1424 	 * Check BOOT ROM header signature
1425 	 */
1426 	if (le16_to_cpu(*(u16*)header->signature) != BOOT_SIGNATURE ) {
1427 		CH_ERR(adap, "Boot image missing signature\n");
1428 		return -EINVAL;
1429 	}
1430 
1431 	/*
1432 	 * Check PCI header signature
1433 	 */
1434 	if (le32_to_cpu(*(u32*)pcir_header->signature) != PCIR_SIGNATURE) {
1435 		CH_ERR(adap, "PCI header missing signature\n");
1436 		return -EINVAL;
1437 	}
1438 
1439 	/*
1440 	 * Check Vendor ID matches Chelsio ID
1441 	 */
1442 	if (le16_to_cpu(*(u16*)pcir_header->vendor_id) != VENDOR_ID) {
1443 		CH_ERR(adap, "Vendor ID missing signature\n");
1444 		return -EINVAL;
1445 	}
1446 
1447 	/*
1448 	 * Retrieve adapter's device ID
1449 	 */
1450 	t4_os_pci_read_cfg2(adap, PCI_DEVICE_ID, &device_id);
1451 	/* Want to deal with PF 0 so I strip off PF 4 indicator */
1452 	device_id = (device_id & 0xff) | 0x4000;
1453 
1454 	/*
1455 	 * Check PCIE Device ID
1456 	 */
1457 	if (le16_to_cpu(*(u16*)pcir_header->device_id) != device_id) {
1458 		/*
1459 		 * Change the device ID in the Boot BIOS image to match
1460 		 * the Device ID of the current adapter.
1461 		 */
1462 		modify_device_id(device_id, boot_data);
1463 	}
1464 
1465 	/*
1466 	 * Skip over the first SF_PAGE_SIZE worth of data and write it after
1467 	 * we finish copying the rest of the boot image. This will ensure
1468 	 * that the BIOS boot header will only be written if the boot image
1469 	 * was written in full.
1470 	 */
1471 	addr = boot_sector;
1472 	for (size -= SF_PAGE_SIZE; size; size -= SF_PAGE_SIZE) {
1473 		addr += SF_PAGE_SIZE;
1474 		boot_data += SF_PAGE_SIZE;
1475 		ret = t4_write_flash(adap, addr, SF_PAGE_SIZE, boot_data, 0);
1476 		if (ret)
1477 			goto out;
1478 	}
1479 
1480 	ret = t4_write_flash(adap, boot_sector, SF_PAGE_SIZE, boot_data, 0);
1481 
1482 out:
1483 	if (ret)
1484 		CH_ERR(adap, "boot image download failed, error %d\n", ret);
1485 	return ret;
1486 }
1487 
1488 /**
1489  *	t4_read_cimq_cfg - read CIM queue configuration
1490  *	@adap: the adapter
1491  *	@base: holds the queue base addresses in bytes
1492  *	@size: holds the queue sizes in bytes
1493  *	@thres: holds the queue full thresholds in bytes
1494  *
1495  *	Returns the current configuration of the CIM queues, starting with
1496  *	the IBQs, then the OBQs.
1497  */
t4_read_cimq_cfg(struct adapter * adap,u16 * base,u16 * size,u16 * thres)1498 void t4_read_cimq_cfg(struct adapter *adap, u16 *base, u16 *size, u16 *thres)
1499 {
1500 	unsigned int i, v;
1501 	int cim_num_obq = is_t4(adap) ? CIM_NUM_OBQ : CIM_NUM_OBQ_T5;
1502 
1503 	for (i = 0; i < CIM_NUM_IBQ; i++) {
1504 		t4_write_reg(adap, A_CIM_QUEUE_CONFIG_REF, F_IBQSELECT |
1505 			     V_QUENUMSELECT(i));
1506 		v = t4_read_reg(adap, A_CIM_QUEUE_CONFIG_CTRL);
1507 		*base++ = G_CIMQBASE(v) * 256; /* value is in 256-byte units */
1508 		*size++ = G_CIMQSIZE(v) * 256; /* value is in 256-byte units */
1509 		*thres++ = G_QUEFULLTHRSH(v) * 8;   /* 8-byte unit */
1510 	}
1511 	for (i = 0; i < cim_num_obq; i++) {
1512 		t4_write_reg(adap, A_CIM_QUEUE_CONFIG_REF, F_OBQSELECT |
1513 			     V_QUENUMSELECT(i));
1514 		v = t4_read_reg(adap, A_CIM_QUEUE_CONFIG_CTRL);
1515 		*base++ = G_CIMQBASE(v) * 256; /* value is in 256-byte units */
1516 		*size++ = G_CIMQSIZE(v) * 256; /* value is in 256-byte units */
1517 	}
1518 }
1519 
1520 /**
1521  *	t4_read_cim_ibq - read the contents of a CIM inbound queue
1522  *	@adap: the adapter
1523  *	@qid: the queue index
1524  *	@data: where to store the queue contents
1525  *	@n: capacity of @data in 32-bit words
1526  *
1527  *	Reads the contents of the selected CIM queue starting at address 0 up
1528  *	to the capacity of @data.  @n must be a multiple of 4.  Returns < 0 on
1529  *	error and the number of 32-bit words actually read on success.
1530  */
t4_read_cim_ibq(struct adapter * adap,unsigned int qid,u32 * data,size_t n)1531 int t4_read_cim_ibq(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int qid, u32 *data, size_t n)
1532 {
1533 	int i, err;
1534 	unsigned int addr;
1535 	const unsigned int nwords = CIM_IBQ_SIZE * 4;
1536 
1537 	if (qid > 5 || (n & 3))
1538 		return -EINVAL;
1539 
1540 	addr = qid * nwords;
1541 	if (n > nwords)
1542 		n = nwords;
1543 
1544 	for (i = 0; i < n; i++, addr++) {
1545 		t4_write_reg(adap, A_CIM_IBQ_DBG_CFG, V_IBQDBGADDR(addr) |
1546 			     F_IBQDBGEN);
1547 		/*
1548 		 * It might take 3-10ms before the IBQ debug read access is
1549 		 * allowed.  Wait for 1 Sec with a delay of 1 usec.
1550 		 */
1551 		err = t4_wait_op_done(adap, A_CIM_IBQ_DBG_CFG, F_IBQDBGBUSY, 0,
1552 				      1000000, 1);
1553 		if (err)
1554 			return err;
1555 		*data++ = t4_read_reg(adap, A_CIM_IBQ_DBG_DATA);
1556 	}
1557 	t4_write_reg(adap, A_CIM_IBQ_DBG_CFG, 0);
1558 	return i;
1559 }
1560 
1561 /**
1562  *	t4_read_cim_obq - read the contents of a CIM outbound queue
1563  *	@adap: the adapter
1564  *	@qid: the queue index
1565  *	@data: where to store the queue contents
1566  *	@n: capacity of @data in 32-bit words
1567  *
1568  *	Reads the contents of the selected CIM queue starting at address 0 up
1569  *	to the capacity of @data.  @n must be a multiple of 4.  Returns < 0 on
1570  *	error and the number of 32-bit words actually read on success.
1571  */
t4_read_cim_obq(struct adapter * adap,unsigned int qid,u32 * data,size_t n)1572 int t4_read_cim_obq(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int qid, u32 *data, size_t n)
1573 {
1574 	int i, err;
1575 	unsigned int addr, v, nwords;
1576 	int cim_num_obq = is_t4(adap) ? CIM_NUM_OBQ : CIM_NUM_OBQ_T5;
1577 
1578 	if (qid >= cim_num_obq || (n & 3))
1579 		return -EINVAL;
1580 
1581 	t4_write_reg(adap, A_CIM_QUEUE_CONFIG_REF, F_OBQSELECT |
1582 		     V_QUENUMSELECT(qid));
1583 	v = t4_read_reg(adap, A_CIM_QUEUE_CONFIG_CTRL);
1584 
1585 	addr = G_CIMQBASE(v) * 64;    /* muliple of 256 -> muliple of 4 */
1586 	nwords = G_CIMQSIZE(v) * 64;  /* same */
1587 	if (n > nwords)
1588 		n = nwords;
1589 
1590 	for (i = 0; i < n; i++, addr++) {
1591 		t4_write_reg(adap, A_CIM_OBQ_DBG_CFG, V_OBQDBGADDR(addr) |
1592 			     F_OBQDBGEN);
1593 		err = t4_wait_op_done(adap, A_CIM_OBQ_DBG_CFG, F_OBQDBGBUSY, 0,
1594 				      2, 1);
1595 		if (err)
1596 			return err;
1597 		*data++ = t4_read_reg(adap, A_CIM_OBQ_DBG_DATA);
1598 	}
1599 	t4_write_reg(adap, A_CIM_OBQ_DBG_CFG, 0);
1600 	return i;
1601 }
1602 
1603 enum {
1604 	CIM_QCTL_BASE     = 0,
1605 	CIM_CTL_BASE      = 0x2000,
1606 	CIM_PBT_ADDR_BASE = 0x2800,
1607 	CIM_PBT_LRF_BASE  = 0x3000,
1608 	CIM_PBT_DATA_BASE = 0x3800
1609 };
1610 
1611 /**
1612  *	t4_cim_read - read a block from CIM internal address space
1613  *	@adap: the adapter
1614  *	@addr: the start address within the CIM address space
1615  *	@n: number of words to read
1616  *	@valp: where to store the result
1617  *
1618  *	Reads a block of 4-byte words from the CIM intenal address space.
1619  */
t4_cim_read(struct adapter * adap,unsigned int addr,unsigned int n,unsigned int * valp)1620 int t4_cim_read(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int addr, unsigned int n,
1621 		unsigned int *valp)
1622 {
1623 	int ret = 0;
1624 
1625 	if (t4_read_reg(adap, A_CIM_HOST_ACC_CTRL) & F_HOSTBUSY)
1626 		return -EBUSY;
1627 
1628 	for ( ; !ret && n--; addr += 4) {
1629 		t4_write_reg(adap, A_CIM_HOST_ACC_CTRL, addr);
1630 		ret = t4_wait_op_done(adap, A_CIM_HOST_ACC_CTRL, F_HOSTBUSY,
1631 				      0, 5, 2);
1632 		if (!ret)
1633 			*valp++ = t4_read_reg(adap, A_CIM_HOST_ACC_DATA);
1634 	}
1635 	return ret;
1636 }
1637 
1638 /**
1639  *	t4_cim_write - write a block into CIM internal address space
1640  *	@adap: the adapter
1641  *	@addr: the start address within the CIM address space
1642  *	@n: number of words to write
1643  *	@valp: set of values to write
1644  *
1645  *	Writes a block of 4-byte words into the CIM intenal address space.
1646  */
t4_cim_write(struct adapter * adap,unsigned int addr,unsigned int n,const unsigned int * valp)1647 int t4_cim_write(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int addr, unsigned int n,
1648 		 const unsigned int *valp)
1649 {
1650 	int ret = 0;
1651 
1652 	if (t4_read_reg(adap, A_CIM_HOST_ACC_CTRL) & F_HOSTBUSY)
1653 		return -EBUSY;
1654 
1655 	for ( ; !ret && n--; addr += 4) {
1656 		t4_write_reg(adap, A_CIM_HOST_ACC_DATA, *valp++);
1657 		t4_write_reg(adap, A_CIM_HOST_ACC_CTRL, addr | F_HOSTWRITE);
1658 		ret = t4_wait_op_done(adap, A_CIM_HOST_ACC_CTRL, F_HOSTBUSY,
1659 				      0, 5, 2);
1660 	}
1661 	return ret;
1662 }
1663 
t4_cim_write1(struct adapter * adap,unsigned int addr,unsigned int val)1664 static int t4_cim_write1(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int addr, unsigned int val)
1665 {
1666 	return t4_cim_write(adap, addr, 1, &val);
1667 }
1668 
1669 /**
1670  *	t4_cim_ctl_read - read a block from CIM control region
1671  *	@adap: the adapter
1672  *	@addr: the start address within the CIM control region
1673  *	@n: number of words to read
1674  *	@valp: where to store the result
1675  *
1676  *	Reads a block of 4-byte words from the CIM control region.
1677  */
t4_cim_ctl_read(struct adapter * adap,unsigned int addr,unsigned int n,unsigned int * valp)1678 int t4_cim_ctl_read(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int addr, unsigned int n,
1679 		    unsigned int *valp)
1680 {
1681 	return t4_cim_read(adap, addr + CIM_CTL_BASE, n, valp);
1682 }
1683 
1684 /**
1685  *	t4_cim_read_la - read CIM LA capture buffer
1686  *	@adap: the adapter
1687  *	@la_buf: where to store the LA data
1688  *	@wrptr: the HW write pointer within the capture buffer
1689  *
1690  *	Reads the contents of the CIM LA buffer with the most recent entry at
1691  *	the end	of the returned data and with the entry at @wrptr first.
1692  *	We try to leave the LA in the running state we find it in.
1693  */
t4_cim_read_la(struct adapter * adap,u32 * la_buf,unsigned int * wrptr)1694 int t4_cim_read_la(struct adapter *adap, u32 *la_buf, unsigned int *wrptr)
1695 {
1696 	int i, ret;
1697 	unsigned int cfg, val, idx;
1698 
1699 	ret = t4_cim_read(adap, A_UP_UP_DBG_LA_CFG, 1, &cfg);
1700 	if (ret)
1701 		return ret;
1702 
1703 	if (cfg & F_UPDBGLAEN) {                /* LA is running, freeze it */
1704 		ret = t4_cim_write1(adap, A_UP_UP_DBG_LA_CFG, 0);
1705 		if (ret)
1706 			return ret;
1707 	}
1708 
1709 	ret = t4_cim_read(adap, A_UP_UP_DBG_LA_CFG, 1, &val);
1710 	if (ret)
1711 		goto restart;
1712 
1713 	idx = G_UPDBGLAWRPTR(val);
1714 	if (wrptr)
1715 		*wrptr = idx;
1716 
1717 	for (i = 0; i < adap->params.cim_la_size; i++) {
1718 		ret = t4_cim_write1(adap, A_UP_UP_DBG_LA_CFG,
1719 				    V_UPDBGLARDPTR(idx) | F_UPDBGLARDEN);
1720 		if (ret)
1721 			break;
1722 		ret = t4_cim_read(adap, A_UP_UP_DBG_LA_CFG, 1, &val);
1723 		if (ret)
1724 			break;
1725 		if (val & F_UPDBGLARDEN) {
1726 			ret = -ETIMEDOUT;
1727 			break;
1728 		}
1729 		ret = t4_cim_read(adap, A_UP_UP_DBG_LA_DATA, 1, &la_buf[i]);
1730 		if (ret)
1731 			break;
1732 		idx = (idx + 1) & M_UPDBGLARDPTR;
1733 	}
1734 restart:
1735 	if (cfg & F_UPDBGLAEN) {
1736 		int r = t4_cim_write1(adap, A_UP_UP_DBG_LA_CFG,
1737 				      cfg & ~F_UPDBGLARDEN);
1738 		if (!ret)
1739 			ret = r;
1740 	}
1741 	return ret;
1742 }
1743 
t4_cim_read_pif_la(struct adapter * adap,u32 * pif_req,u32 * pif_rsp,unsigned int * pif_req_wrptr,unsigned int * pif_rsp_wrptr)1744 void t4_cim_read_pif_la(struct adapter *adap, u32 *pif_req, u32 *pif_rsp,
1745 			unsigned int *pif_req_wrptr,
1746 			unsigned int *pif_rsp_wrptr)
1747 {
1748 	int i, j;
1749 	u32 cfg, val, req, rsp;
1750 
1751 	cfg = t4_read_reg(adap, A_CIM_DEBUGCFG);
1752 	if (cfg & F_LADBGEN)
1753 		t4_write_reg(adap, A_CIM_DEBUGCFG, cfg ^ F_LADBGEN);
1754 
1755 	val = t4_read_reg(adap, A_CIM_DEBUGSTS);
1756 	req = G_POLADBGWRPTR(val);
1757 	rsp = G_PILADBGWRPTR(val);
1758 	if (pif_req_wrptr)
1759 		*pif_req_wrptr = req;
1760 	if (pif_rsp_wrptr)
1761 		*pif_rsp_wrptr = rsp;
1762 
1763 	for (i = 0; i < CIM_PIFLA_SIZE; i++) {
1764 		for (j = 0; j < 6; j++) {
1765 			t4_write_reg(adap, A_CIM_DEBUGCFG, V_POLADBGRDPTR(req) |
1766 				     V_PILADBGRDPTR(rsp));
1767 			*pif_req++ = t4_read_reg(adap, A_CIM_PO_LA_DEBUGDATA);
1768 			*pif_rsp++ = t4_read_reg(adap, A_CIM_PI_LA_DEBUGDATA);
1769 			req++;
1770 			rsp++;
1771 		}
1772 		req = (req + 2) & M_POLADBGRDPTR;
1773 		rsp = (rsp + 2) & M_PILADBGRDPTR;
1774 	}
1775 	t4_write_reg(adap, A_CIM_DEBUGCFG, cfg);
1776 }
1777 
t4_cim_read_ma_la(struct adapter * adap,u32 * ma_req,u32 * ma_rsp)1778 void t4_cim_read_ma_la(struct adapter *adap, u32 *ma_req, u32 *ma_rsp)
1779 {
1780 	u32 cfg;
1781 	int i, j, idx;
1782 
1783 	cfg = t4_read_reg(adap, A_CIM_DEBUGCFG);
1784 	if (cfg & F_LADBGEN)
1785 		t4_write_reg(adap, A_CIM_DEBUGCFG, cfg ^ F_LADBGEN);
1786 
1787 	for (i = 0; i < CIM_MALA_SIZE; i++) {
1788 		for (j = 0; j < 5; j++) {
1789 			idx = 8 * i + j;
1790 			t4_write_reg(adap, A_CIM_DEBUGCFG, V_POLADBGRDPTR(idx) |
1791 				     V_PILADBGRDPTR(idx));
1792 			*ma_req++ = t4_read_reg(adap, A_CIM_PO_LA_MADEBUGDATA);
1793 			*ma_rsp++ = t4_read_reg(adap, A_CIM_PI_LA_MADEBUGDATA);
1794 		}
1795 	}
1796 	t4_write_reg(adap, A_CIM_DEBUGCFG, cfg);
1797 }
1798 
1799 /**
1800  *	t4_tp_read_la - read TP LA capture buffer
1801  *	@adap: the adapter
1802  *	@la_buf: where to store the LA data
1803  *	@wrptr: the HW write pointer within the capture buffer
1804  *
1805  *	Reads the contents of the TP LA buffer with the most recent entry at
1806  *	the end	of the returned data and with the entry at @wrptr first.
1807  *	We leave the LA in the running state we find it in.
1808  */
t4_tp_read_la(struct adapter * adap,u64 * la_buf,unsigned int * wrptr)1809 void t4_tp_read_la(struct adapter *adap, u64 *la_buf, unsigned int *wrptr)
1810 {
1811 	bool last_incomplete;
1812 	unsigned int i, cfg, val, idx;
1813 
1814 	cfg = t4_read_reg(adap, A_TP_DBG_LA_CONFIG) & 0xffff;
1815 	if (cfg & F_DBGLAENABLE)                    /* freeze LA */
1816 		t4_write_reg(adap, A_TP_DBG_LA_CONFIG,
1817 			     adap->params.tp.la_mask | (cfg ^ F_DBGLAENABLE));
1818 
1819 	val = t4_read_reg(adap, A_TP_DBG_LA_CONFIG);
1820 	idx = G_DBGLAWPTR(val);
1821 	last_incomplete = G_DBGLAMODE(val) >= 2 && (val & F_DBGLAWHLF) == 0;
1822 	if (last_incomplete)
1823 		idx = (idx + 1) & M_DBGLARPTR;
1824 	if (wrptr)
1825 		*wrptr = idx;
1826 
1827 	val &= 0xffff;
1828 	val &= ~V_DBGLARPTR(M_DBGLARPTR);
1829 	val |= adap->params.tp.la_mask;
1830 
1831 	for (i = 0; i < TPLA_SIZE; i++) {
1832 		t4_write_reg(adap, A_TP_DBG_LA_CONFIG, V_DBGLARPTR(idx) | val);
1833 		la_buf[i] = t4_read_reg64(adap, A_TP_DBG_LA_DATAL);
1834 		idx = (idx + 1) & M_DBGLARPTR;
1835 	}
1836 
1837 	/* Wipe out last entry if it isn't valid */
1838 	if (last_incomplete)
1839 		la_buf[TPLA_SIZE - 1] = ~0ULL;
1840 
1841 	if (cfg & F_DBGLAENABLE)                    /* restore running state */
1842 		t4_write_reg(adap, A_TP_DBG_LA_CONFIG,
1843 			     cfg | adap->params.tp.la_mask);
1844 }
1845 
t4_ulprx_read_la(struct adapter * adap,u32 * la_buf)1846 void t4_ulprx_read_la(struct adapter *adap, u32 *la_buf)
1847 {
1848 	unsigned int i, j;
1849 
1850 	for (i = 0; i < 8; i++) {
1851 		u32 *p = la_buf + i;
1852 
1853 		t4_write_reg(adap, A_ULP_RX_LA_CTL, i);
1854 		j = t4_read_reg(adap, A_ULP_RX_LA_WRPTR);
1855 		t4_write_reg(adap, A_ULP_RX_LA_RDPTR, j);
1856 		for (j = 0; j < ULPRX_LA_SIZE; j++, p += 8)
1857 			*p = t4_read_reg(adap, A_ULP_RX_LA_RDDATA);
1858 	}
1859 }
1860 
1861 #define ADVERT_MASK (FW_PORT_CAP_SPEED_100M | FW_PORT_CAP_SPEED_1G |\
1862 		     FW_PORT_CAP_SPEED_10G | FW_PORT_CAP_SPEED_40G | \
1863 		     FW_PORT_CAP_SPEED_100G | FW_PORT_CAP_ANEG)
1864 
1865 /**
1866  *	t4_link_start - apply link configuration to MAC/PHY
1867  *	@phy: the PHY to setup
1868  *	@mac: the MAC to setup
1869  *	@lc: the requested link configuration
1870  *
1871  *	Set up a port's MAC and PHY according to a desired link configuration.
1872  *	- If the PHY can auto-negotiate first decide what to advertise, then
1873  *	  enable/disable auto-negotiation as desired, and reset.
1874  *	- If the PHY does not auto-negotiate just reset it.
1875  *	- If auto-negotiation is off set the MAC to the proper speed/duplex/FC,
1876  *	  otherwise do it later based on the outcome of auto-negotiation.
1877  */
t4_link_start(struct adapter * adap,unsigned int mbox,unsigned int port,struct link_config * lc)1878 int t4_link_start(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int mbox, unsigned int port,
1879 		  struct link_config *lc)
1880 {
1881 	struct fw_port_cmd c;
1882 	unsigned int fc = 0, mdi = V_FW_PORT_CAP_MDI(FW_PORT_CAP_MDI_AUTO);
1883 
1884 	lc->link_ok = 0;
1885 	if (lc->requested_fc & PAUSE_RX)
1886 		fc |= FW_PORT_CAP_FC_RX;
1887 	if (lc->requested_fc & PAUSE_TX)
1888 		fc |= FW_PORT_CAP_FC_TX;
1889 
1890 	memset(&c, 0, sizeof(c));
1891 	c.op_to_portid = htonl(V_FW_CMD_OP(FW_PORT_CMD) | F_FW_CMD_REQUEST |
1892 			       F_FW_CMD_EXEC | V_FW_PORT_CMD_PORTID(port));
1893 	c.action_to_len16 = htonl(V_FW_PORT_CMD_ACTION(FW_PORT_ACTION_L1_CFG) |
1894 				  FW_LEN16(c));
1895 
1896 	if (!(lc->supported & FW_PORT_CAP_ANEG)) {
1897 		c.u.l1cfg.rcap = htonl((lc->supported & ADVERT_MASK) | fc);
1898 		lc->fc = lc->requested_fc & (PAUSE_RX | PAUSE_TX);
1899 	} else if (lc->autoneg == AUTONEG_DISABLE) {
1900 		c.u.l1cfg.rcap = htonl(lc->requested_speed | fc | mdi);
1901 		lc->fc = lc->requested_fc & (PAUSE_RX | PAUSE_TX);
1902 	} else
1903 		c.u.l1cfg.rcap = htonl(lc->advertising | fc | mdi);
1904 
1905 	return t4_wr_mbox(adap, mbox, &c, sizeof(c), NULL);
1906 }
1907 
1908 /**
1909  *	t4_restart_aneg - restart autonegotiation
1910  *	@adap: the adapter
1911  *	@mbox: mbox to use for the FW command
1912  *	@port: the port id
1913  *
1914  *	Restarts autonegotiation for the selected port.
1915  */
t4_restart_aneg(struct adapter * adap,unsigned int mbox,unsigned int port)1916 int t4_restart_aneg(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int mbox, unsigned int port)
1917 {
1918 	struct fw_port_cmd c;
1919 
1920 	memset(&c, 0, sizeof(c));
1921 	c.op_to_portid = htonl(V_FW_CMD_OP(FW_PORT_CMD) | F_FW_CMD_REQUEST |
1922 			       F_FW_CMD_EXEC | V_FW_PORT_CMD_PORTID(port));
1923 	c.action_to_len16 = htonl(V_FW_PORT_CMD_ACTION(FW_PORT_ACTION_L1_CFG) |
1924 				  FW_LEN16(c));
1925 	c.u.l1cfg.rcap = htonl(FW_PORT_CAP_ANEG);
1926 	return t4_wr_mbox(adap, mbox, &c, sizeof(c), NULL);
1927 }
1928 
1929 struct intr_info {
1930 	unsigned int mask;       /* bits to check in interrupt status */
1931 	const char *msg;         /* message to print or NULL */
1932 	short stat_idx;          /* stat counter to increment or -1 */
1933 	unsigned short fatal;    /* whether the condition reported is fatal */
1934 };
1935 
1936 /**
1937  *	t4_handle_intr_status - table driven interrupt handler
1938  *	@adapter: the adapter that generated the interrupt
1939  *	@reg: the interrupt status register to process
1940  *	@acts: table of interrupt actions
1941  *
1942  *	A table driven interrupt handler that applies a set of masks to an
1943  *	interrupt status word and performs the corresponding actions if the
1944  *	interrupts described by the mask have occured.  The actions include
1945  *	optionally emitting a warning or alert message.  The table is terminated
1946  *	by an entry specifying mask 0.  Returns the number of fatal interrupt
1947  *	conditions.
1948  */
t4_handle_intr_status(struct adapter * adapter,unsigned int reg,const struct intr_info * acts)1949 static int t4_handle_intr_status(struct adapter *adapter, unsigned int reg,
1950 				 const struct intr_info *acts)
1951 {
1952 	int fatal = 0;
1953 	unsigned int mask = 0;
1954 	unsigned int status = t4_read_reg(adapter, reg);
1955 
1956 	for ( ; acts->mask; ++acts) {
1957 		if (!(status & acts->mask))
1958 			continue;
1959 		if (acts->fatal) {
1960 			fatal++;
1961 			CH_ALERT(adapter, "%s (0x%x)\n",
1962 				 acts->msg, status & acts->mask);
1963 		} else if (acts->msg)
1964 			CH_WARN_RATELIMIT(adapter, "%s (0x%x)\n",
1965 					  acts->msg, status & acts->mask);
1966 		mask |= acts->mask;
1967 	}
1968 	status &= mask;
1969 	if (status)                           /* clear processed interrupts */
1970 		t4_write_reg(adapter, reg, status);
1971 	return fatal;
1972 }
1973 
1974 /*
1975  * Interrupt handler for the PCIE module.
1976  */
pcie_intr_handler(struct adapter * adapter)1977 static void pcie_intr_handler(struct adapter *adapter)
1978 {
1979 	static struct intr_info sysbus_intr_info[] = {
1980 		{ F_RNPP, "RXNP array parity error", -1, 1 },
1981 		{ F_RPCP, "RXPC array parity error", -1, 1 },
1982 		{ F_RCIP, "RXCIF array parity error", -1, 1 },
1983 		{ F_RCCP, "Rx completions control array parity error", -1, 1 },
1984 		{ F_RFTP, "RXFT array parity error", -1, 1 },
1985 		{ 0 }
1986 	};
1987 	static struct intr_info pcie_port_intr_info[] = {
1988 		{ F_TPCP, "TXPC array parity error", -1, 1 },
1989 		{ F_TNPP, "TXNP array parity error", -1, 1 },
1990 		{ F_TFTP, "TXFT array parity error", -1, 1 },
1991 		{ F_TCAP, "TXCA array parity error", -1, 1 },
1992 		{ F_TCIP, "TXCIF array parity error", -1, 1 },
1993 		{ F_RCAP, "RXCA array parity error", -1, 1 },
1994 		{ F_OTDD, "outbound request TLP discarded", -1, 1 },
1995 		{ F_RDPE, "Rx data parity error", -1, 1 },
1996 		{ F_TDUE, "Tx uncorrectable data error", -1, 1 },
1997 		{ 0 }
1998 	};
1999 	static struct intr_info pcie_intr_info[] = {
2000 		{ F_MSIADDRLPERR, "MSI AddrL parity error", -1, 1 },
2001 		{ F_MSIADDRHPERR, "MSI AddrH parity error", -1, 1 },
2002 		{ F_MSIDATAPERR, "MSI data parity error", -1, 1 },
2003 		{ F_MSIXADDRLPERR, "MSI-X AddrL parity error", -1, 1 },
2004 		{ F_MSIXADDRHPERR, "MSI-X AddrH parity error", -1, 1 },
2005 		{ F_MSIXDATAPERR, "MSI-X data parity error", -1, 1 },
2006 		{ F_MSIXDIPERR, "MSI-X DI parity error", -1, 1 },
2007 		{ F_PIOCPLPERR, "PCI PIO completion FIFO parity error", -1, 1 },
2008 		{ F_PIOREQPERR, "PCI PIO request FIFO parity error", -1, 1 },
2009 		{ F_TARTAGPERR, "PCI PCI target tag FIFO parity error", -1, 1 },
2010 		{ F_CCNTPERR, "PCI CMD channel count parity error", -1, 1 },
2011 		{ F_CREQPERR, "PCI CMD channel request parity error", -1, 1 },
2012 		{ F_CRSPPERR, "PCI CMD channel response parity error", -1, 1 },
2013 		{ F_DCNTPERR, "PCI DMA channel count parity error", -1, 1 },
2014 		{ F_DREQPERR, "PCI DMA channel request parity error", -1, 1 },
2015 		{ F_DRSPPERR, "PCI DMA channel response parity error", -1, 1 },
2016 		{ F_HCNTPERR, "PCI HMA channel count parity error", -1, 1 },
2017 		{ F_HREQPERR, "PCI HMA channel request parity error", -1, 1 },
2018 		{ F_HRSPPERR, "PCI HMA channel response parity error", -1, 1 },
2019 		{ F_CFGSNPPERR, "PCI config snoop FIFO parity error", -1, 1 },
2020 		{ F_FIDPERR, "PCI FID parity error", -1, 1 },
2021 		{ F_INTXCLRPERR, "PCI INTx clear parity error", -1, 1 },
2022 		{ F_MATAGPERR, "PCI MA tag parity error", -1, 1 },
2023 		{ F_PIOTAGPERR, "PCI PIO tag parity error", -1, 1 },
2024 		{ F_RXCPLPERR, "PCI Rx completion parity error", -1, 1 },
2025 		{ F_RXWRPERR, "PCI Rx write parity error", -1, 1 },
2026 		{ F_RPLPERR, "PCI replay buffer parity error", -1, 1 },
2027 		{ F_PCIESINT, "PCI core secondary fault", -1, 1 },
2028 		{ F_PCIEPINT, "PCI core primary fault", -1, 1 },
2029 		{ F_UNXSPLCPLERR, "PCI unexpected split completion error", -1,
2030 		  0 },
2031 		{ 0 }
2032 	};
2033 
2034 	static struct intr_info t5_pcie_intr_info[] = {
2035 		{ F_MSTGRPPERR, "Master Response Read Queue parity error",
2036 		  -1, 1 },
2037 		{ F_MSTTIMEOUTPERR, "Master Timeout FIFO parity error", -1, 1 },
2038 		{ F_MSIXSTIPERR, "MSI-X STI SRAM parity error", -1, 1 },
2039 		{ F_MSIXADDRLPERR, "MSI-X AddrL parity error", -1, 1 },
2040 		{ F_MSIXADDRHPERR, "MSI-X AddrH parity error", -1, 1 },
2041 		{ F_MSIXDATAPERR, "MSI-X data parity error", -1, 1 },
2042 		{ F_MSIXDIPERR, "MSI-X DI parity error", -1, 1 },
2043 		{ F_PIOCPLGRPPERR, "PCI PIO completion Group FIFO parity error",
2044 		  -1, 1 },
2045 		{ F_PIOREQGRPPERR, "PCI PIO request Group FIFO parity error",
2046 		  -1, 1 },
2047 		{ F_TARTAGPERR, "PCI PCI target tag FIFO parity error", -1, 1 },
2048 		{ F_MSTTAGQPERR, "PCI master tag queue parity error", -1, 1 },
2049 		{ F_CREQPERR, "PCI CMD channel request parity error", -1, 1 },
2050 		{ F_CRSPPERR, "PCI CMD channel response parity error", -1, 1 },
2051 		{ F_DREQWRPERR, "PCI DMA channel write request parity error",
2052 		  -1, 1 },
2053 		{ F_DREQPERR, "PCI DMA channel request parity error", -1, 1 },
2054 		{ F_DRSPPERR, "PCI DMA channel response parity error", -1, 1 },
2055 		{ F_HREQWRPERR, "PCI HMA channel count parity error", -1, 1 },
2056 		{ F_HREQPERR, "PCI HMA channel request parity error", -1, 1 },
2057 		{ F_HRSPPERR, "PCI HMA channel response parity error", -1, 1 },
2058 		{ F_CFGSNPPERR, "PCI config snoop FIFO parity error", -1, 1 },
2059 		{ F_FIDPERR, "PCI FID parity error", -1, 1 },
2060 		{ F_VFIDPERR, "PCI INTx clear parity error", -1, 1 },
2061 		{ F_MAGRPPERR, "PCI MA group FIFO parity error", -1, 1 },
2062 		{ F_PIOTAGPERR, "PCI PIO tag parity error", -1, 1 },
2063 		{ F_IPRXHDRGRPPERR, "PCI IP Rx header group parity error",
2064 		  -1, 1 },
2065 		{ F_IPRXDATAGRPPERR, "PCI IP Rx data group parity error",
2066 		  -1, 1 },
2067 		{ F_RPLPERR, "PCI IP replay buffer parity error", -1, 1 },
2068 		{ F_IPSOTPERR, "PCI IP SOT buffer parity error", -1, 1 },
2069 		{ F_TRGT1GRPPERR, "PCI TRGT1 group FIFOs parity error", -1, 1 },
2070 		{ F_READRSPERR, "Outbound read error", -1,
2071 		  0 },
2072 		{ 0 }
2073 	};
2074 
2075 	int fat;
2076 
2077 	if (is_t4(adapter))
2078 		fat = t4_handle_intr_status(adapter,
2079 					    A_PCIE_CORE_UTL_SYSTEM_BUS_AGENT_STATUS,
2080 					    sysbus_intr_info) +
2081 		      t4_handle_intr_status(adapter,
2082 					    A_PCIE_CORE_UTL_PCI_EXPRESS_PORT_STATUS,
2083 					    pcie_port_intr_info) +
2084 		      t4_handle_intr_status(adapter, A_PCIE_INT_CAUSE,
2085 					    pcie_intr_info);
2086 	else
2087 		fat = t4_handle_intr_status(adapter, A_PCIE_INT_CAUSE,
2088 					    t5_pcie_intr_info);
2089 	if (fat)
2090 		t4_fatal_err(adapter);
2091 }
2092 
2093 /*
2094  * TP interrupt handler.
2095  */
tp_intr_handler(struct adapter * adapter)2096 static void tp_intr_handler(struct adapter *adapter)
2097 {
2098 	static struct intr_info tp_intr_info[] = {
2099 		{ 0x3fffffff, "TP parity error", -1, 1 },
2100 		{ F_FLMTXFLSTEMPTY, "TP out of Tx pages", -1, 1 },
2101 		{ 0 }
2102 	};
2103 
2104 	if (t4_handle_intr_status(adapter, A_TP_INT_CAUSE, tp_intr_info))
2105 		t4_fatal_err(adapter);
2106 }
2107 
2108 /*
2109  * SGE interrupt handler.
2110  */
sge_intr_handler(struct adapter * adapter)2111 static void sge_intr_handler(struct adapter *adapter)
2112 {
2113 	u64 v;
2114 	u32 err;
2115 
2116 	static struct intr_info sge_intr_info[] = {
2117 		{ F_ERR_CPL_EXCEED_IQE_SIZE,
2118 		  "SGE received CPL exceeding IQE size", -1, 1 },
2119 		{ F_ERR_INVALID_CIDX_INC,
2120 		  "SGE GTS CIDX increment too large", -1, 0 },
2121 		{ F_ERR_CPL_OPCODE_0, "SGE received 0-length CPL", -1, 0 },
2122 		{ F_ERR_DROPPED_DB, "SGE doorbell dropped", -1, 0 },
2123 		{ F_ERR_DATA_CPL_ON_HIGH_QID1 | F_ERR_DATA_CPL_ON_HIGH_QID0,
2124 		  "SGE IQID > 1023 received CPL for FL", -1, 0 },
2125 		{ F_ERR_BAD_DB_PIDX3, "SGE DBP 3 pidx increment too large", -1,
2126 		  0 },
2127 		{ F_ERR_BAD_DB_PIDX2, "SGE DBP 2 pidx increment too large", -1,
2128 		  0 },
2129 		{ F_ERR_BAD_DB_PIDX1, "SGE DBP 1 pidx increment too large", -1,
2130 		  0 },
2131 		{ F_ERR_BAD_DB_PIDX0, "SGE DBP 0 pidx increment too large", -1,
2132 		  0 },
2133 		{ F_ERR_ING_CTXT_PRIO,
2134 		  "SGE too many priority ingress contexts", -1, 0 },
2135 		{ F_ERR_EGR_CTXT_PRIO,
2136 		  "SGE too many priority egress contexts", -1, 0 },
2137 		{ F_INGRESS_SIZE_ERR, "SGE illegal ingress QID", -1, 0 },
2138 		{ F_EGRESS_SIZE_ERR, "SGE illegal egress QID", -1, 0 },
2139 		{ 0 }
2140 	};
2141 
2142 	v = (u64)t4_read_reg(adapter, A_SGE_INT_CAUSE1) |
2143 	    ((u64)t4_read_reg(adapter, A_SGE_INT_CAUSE2) << 32);
2144 	if (v) {
2145 		CH_ALERT(adapter, "SGE parity error (%#llx)\n",
2146 			 (unsigned long long)v);
2147 		t4_write_reg(adapter, A_SGE_INT_CAUSE1, v);
2148 		t4_write_reg(adapter, A_SGE_INT_CAUSE2, v >> 32);
2149 	}
2150 
2151 	v |= t4_handle_intr_status(adapter, A_SGE_INT_CAUSE3, sge_intr_info);
2152 
2153 	err = t4_read_reg(adapter, A_SGE_ERROR_STATS);
2154 	if (err & F_ERROR_QID_VALID) {
2155 		CH_ERR(adapter, "SGE error for queue %u\n", G_ERROR_QID(err));
2156 		if (err & F_UNCAPTURED_ERROR)
2157 			CH_ERR(adapter, "SGE UNCAPTURED_ERROR set (clearing)\n");
2158 		t4_write_reg(adapter, A_SGE_ERROR_STATS, F_ERROR_QID_VALID |
2159 			     F_UNCAPTURED_ERROR);
2160 	}
2161 
2162 	if (v != 0)
2163 		t4_fatal_err(adapter);
2164 }
2165 
2166 #define CIM_OBQ_INTR (F_OBQULP0PARERR | F_OBQULP1PARERR | F_OBQULP2PARERR |\
2167 		      F_OBQULP3PARERR | F_OBQSGEPARERR | F_OBQNCSIPARERR)
2168 #define CIM_IBQ_INTR (F_IBQTP0PARERR | F_IBQTP1PARERR | F_IBQULPPARERR |\
2169 		      F_IBQSGEHIPARERR | F_IBQSGELOPARERR | F_IBQNCSIPARERR)
2170 
2171 /*
2172  * CIM interrupt handler.
2173  */
cim_intr_handler(struct adapter * adapter)2174 static void cim_intr_handler(struct adapter *adapter)
2175 {
2176 	static struct intr_info cim_intr_info[] = {
2177 		{ F_PREFDROPINT, "CIM control register prefetch drop", -1, 1 },
2178 		{ CIM_OBQ_INTR, "CIM OBQ parity error", -1, 1 },
2179 		{ CIM_IBQ_INTR, "CIM IBQ parity error", -1, 1 },
2180 		{ F_MBUPPARERR, "CIM mailbox uP parity error", -1, 1 },
2181 		{ F_MBHOSTPARERR, "CIM mailbox host parity error", -1, 1 },
2182 		{ F_TIEQINPARERRINT, "CIM TIEQ outgoing parity error", -1, 1 },
2183 		{ F_TIEQOUTPARERRINT, "CIM TIEQ incoming parity error", -1, 1 },
2184 		{ 0 }
2185 	};
2186 	static struct intr_info cim_upintr_info[] = {
2187 		{ F_RSVDSPACEINT, "CIM reserved space access", -1, 1 },
2188 		{ F_ILLTRANSINT, "CIM illegal transaction", -1, 1 },
2189 		{ F_ILLWRINT, "CIM illegal write", -1, 1 },
2190 		{ F_ILLRDINT, "CIM illegal read", -1, 1 },
2191 		{ F_ILLRDBEINT, "CIM illegal read BE", -1, 1 },
2192 		{ F_ILLWRBEINT, "CIM illegal write BE", -1, 1 },
2193 		{ F_SGLRDBOOTINT, "CIM single read from boot space", -1, 1 },
2194 		{ F_SGLWRBOOTINT, "CIM single write to boot space", -1, 1 },
2195 		{ F_BLKWRBOOTINT, "CIM block write to boot space", -1, 1 },
2196 		{ F_SGLRDFLASHINT, "CIM single read from flash space", -1, 1 },
2197 		{ F_SGLWRFLASHINT, "CIM single write to flash space", -1, 1 },
2198 		{ F_BLKWRFLASHINT, "CIM block write to flash space", -1, 1 },
2199 		{ F_SGLRDEEPROMINT, "CIM single EEPROM read", -1, 1 },
2200 		{ F_SGLWREEPROMINT, "CIM single EEPROM write", -1, 1 },
2201 		{ F_BLKRDEEPROMINT, "CIM block EEPROM read", -1, 1 },
2202 		{ F_BLKWREEPROMINT, "CIM block EEPROM write", -1, 1 },
2203 		{ F_SGLRDCTLINT , "CIM single read from CTL space", -1, 1 },
2204 		{ F_SGLWRCTLINT , "CIM single write to CTL space", -1, 1 },
2205 		{ F_BLKRDCTLINT , "CIM block read from CTL space", -1, 1 },
2206 		{ F_BLKWRCTLINT , "CIM block write to CTL space", -1, 1 },
2207 		{ F_SGLRDPLINT , "CIM single read from PL space", -1, 1 },
2208 		{ F_SGLWRPLINT , "CIM single write to PL space", -1, 1 },
2209 		{ F_BLKRDPLINT , "CIM block read from PL space", -1, 1 },
2210 		{ F_BLKWRPLINT , "CIM block write to PL space", -1, 1 },
2211 		{ F_REQOVRLOOKUPINT , "CIM request FIFO overwrite", -1, 1 },
2212 		{ F_RSPOVRLOOKUPINT , "CIM response FIFO overwrite", -1, 1 },
2213 		{ F_TIMEOUTINT , "CIM PIF timeout", -1, 1 },
2214 		{ F_TIMEOUTMAINT , "CIM PIF MA timeout", -1, 1 },
2215 		{ 0 }
2216 	};
2217 	int fat;
2218 
2219 	if (t4_read_reg(adapter, A_PCIE_FW) & F_PCIE_FW_ERR)
2220 		t4_report_fw_error(adapter);
2221 
2222 	fat = t4_handle_intr_status(adapter, A_CIM_HOST_INT_CAUSE,
2223 				    cim_intr_info) +
2224 	      t4_handle_intr_status(adapter, A_CIM_HOST_UPACC_INT_CAUSE,
2225 				    cim_upintr_info);
2226 	if (fat)
2227 		t4_fatal_err(adapter);
2228 }
2229 
2230 /*
2231  * ULP RX interrupt handler.
2232  */
ulprx_intr_handler(struct adapter * adapter)2233 static void ulprx_intr_handler(struct adapter *adapter)
2234 {
2235 	static struct intr_info ulprx_intr_info[] = {
2236 		{ F_CAUSE_CTX_1, "ULPRX channel 1 context error", -1, 1 },
2237 		{ F_CAUSE_CTX_0, "ULPRX channel 0 context error", -1, 1 },
2238 		{ 0x7fffff, "ULPRX parity error", -1, 1 },
2239 		{ 0 }
2240 	};
2241 
2242 	if (t4_handle_intr_status(adapter, A_ULP_RX_INT_CAUSE, ulprx_intr_info))
2243 		t4_fatal_err(adapter);
2244 }
2245 
2246 /*
2247  * ULP TX interrupt handler.
2248  */
ulptx_intr_handler(struct adapter * adapter)2249 static void ulptx_intr_handler(struct adapter *adapter)
2250 {
2251 	static struct intr_info ulptx_intr_info[] = {
2252 		{ F_PBL_BOUND_ERR_CH3, "ULPTX channel 3 PBL out of bounds", -1,
2253 		  0 },
2254 		{ F_PBL_BOUND_ERR_CH2, "ULPTX channel 2 PBL out of bounds", -1,
2255 		  0 },
2256 		{ F_PBL_BOUND_ERR_CH1, "ULPTX channel 1 PBL out of bounds", -1,
2257 		  0 },
2258 		{ F_PBL_BOUND_ERR_CH0, "ULPTX channel 0 PBL out of bounds", -1,
2259 		  0 },
2260 		{ 0xfffffff, "ULPTX parity error", -1, 1 },
2261 		{ 0 }
2262 	};
2263 
2264 	if (t4_handle_intr_status(adapter, A_ULP_TX_INT_CAUSE, ulptx_intr_info))
2265 		t4_fatal_err(adapter);
2266 }
2267 
2268 /*
2269  * PM TX interrupt handler.
2270  */
pmtx_intr_handler(struct adapter * adapter)2271 static void pmtx_intr_handler(struct adapter *adapter)
2272 {
2273 	static struct intr_info pmtx_intr_info[] = {
2274 		{ F_PCMD_LEN_OVFL0, "PMTX channel 0 pcmd too large", -1, 1 },
2275 		{ F_PCMD_LEN_OVFL1, "PMTX channel 1 pcmd too large", -1, 1 },
2276 		{ F_PCMD_LEN_OVFL2, "PMTX channel 2 pcmd too large", -1, 1 },
2277 		{ F_ZERO_C_CMD_ERROR, "PMTX 0-length pcmd", -1, 1 },
2278 		{ 0xffffff0, "PMTX framing error", -1, 1 },
2279 		{ F_OESPI_PAR_ERROR, "PMTX oespi parity error", -1, 1 },
2280 		{ F_DB_OPTIONS_PAR_ERROR, "PMTX db_options parity error", -1,
2281 		  1 },
2282 		{ F_ICSPI_PAR_ERROR, "PMTX icspi parity error", -1, 1 },
2283 		{ F_C_PCMD_PAR_ERROR, "PMTX c_pcmd parity error", -1, 1},
2284 		{ 0 }
2285 	};
2286 
2287 	if (t4_handle_intr_status(adapter, A_PM_TX_INT_CAUSE, pmtx_intr_info))
2288 		t4_fatal_err(adapter);
2289 }
2290 
2291 /*
2292  * PM RX interrupt handler.
2293  */
pmrx_intr_handler(struct adapter * adapter)2294 static void pmrx_intr_handler(struct adapter *adapter)
2295 {
2296 	static struct intr_info pmrx_intr_info[] = {
2297 		{ F_ZERO_E_CMD_ERROR, "PMRX 0-length pcmd", -1, 1 },
2298 		{ 0x3ffff0, "PMRX framing error", -1, 1 },
2299 		{ F_OCSPI_PAR_ERROR, "PMRX ocspi parity error", -1, 1 },
2300 		{ F_DB_OPTIONS_PAR_ERROR, "PMRX db_options parity error", -1,
2301 		  1 },
2302 		{ F_IESPI_PAR_ERROR, "PMRX iespi parity error", -1, 1 },
2303 		{ F_E_PCMD_PAR_ERROR, "PMRX e_pcmd parity error", -1, 1},
2304 		{ 0 }
2305 	};
2306 
2307 	if (t4_handle_intr_status(adapter, A_PM_RX_INT_CAUSE, pmrx_intr_info))
2308 		t4_fatal_err(adapter);
2309 }
2310 
2311 /*
2312  * CPL switch interrupt handler.
2313  */
cplsw_intr_handler(struct adapter * adapter)2314 static void cplsw_intr_handler(struct adapter *adapter)
2315 {
2316 	static struct intr_info cplsw_intr_info[] = {
2317 		{ F_CIM_OP_MAP_PERR, "CPLSW CIM op_map parity error", -1, 1 },
2318 		{ F_CIM_OVFL_ERROR, "CPLSW CIM overflow", -1, 1 },
2319 		{ F_TP_FRAMING_ERROR, "CPLSW TP framing error", -1, 1 },
2320 		{ F_SGE_FRAMING_ERROR, "CPLSW SGE framing error", -1, 1 },
2321 		{ F_CIM_FRAMING_ERROR, "CPLSW CIM framing error", -1, 1 },
2322 		{ F_ZERO_SWITCH_ERROR, "CPLSW no-switch error", -1, 1 },
2323 		{ 0 }
2324 	};
2325 
2326 	if (t4_handle_intr_status(adapter, A_CPL_INTR_CAUSE, cplsw_intr_info))
2327 		t4_fatal_err(adapter);
2328 }
2329 
2330 /*
2331  * LE interrupt handler.
2332  */
le_intr_handler(struct adapter * adap)2333 static void le_intr_handler(struct adapter *adap)
2334 {
2335 	static struct intr_info le_intr_info[] = {
2336 		{ F_LIPMISS, "LE LIP miss", -1, 0 },
2337 		{ F_LIP0, "LE 0 LIP error", -1, 0 },
2338 		{ F_PARITYERR, "LE parity error", -1, 1 },
2339 		{ F_UNKNOWNCMD, "LE unknown command", -1, 1 },
2340 		{ F_REQQPARERR, "LE request queue parity error", -1, 1 },
2341 		{ 0 }
2342 	};
2343 
2344 	if (t4_handle_intr_status(adap, A_LE_DB_INT_CAUSE, le_intr_info))
2345 		t4_fatal_err(adap);
2346 }
2347 
2348 /*
2349  * MPS interrupt handler.
2350  */
mps_intr_handler(struct adapter * adapter)2351 static void mps_intr_handler(struct adapter *adapter)
2352 {
2353 	static struct intr_info mps_rx_intr_info[] = {
2354 		{ 0xffffff, "MPS Rx parity error", -1, 1 },
2355 		{ 0 }
2356 	};
2357 	static struct intr_info mps_tx_intr_info[] = {
2358 		{ V_TPFIFO(M_TPFIFO), "MPS Tx TP FIFO parity error", -1, 1 },
2359 		{ F_NCSIFIFO, "MPS Tx NC-SI FIFO parity error", -1, 1 },
2360 		{ V_TXDATAFIFO(M_TXDATAFIFO), "MPS Tx data FIFO parity error",
2361 		  -1, 1 },
2362 		{ V_TXDESCFIFO(M_TXDESCFIFO), "MPS Tx desc FIFO parity error",
2363 		  -1, 1 },
2364 		{ F_BUBBLE, "MPS Tx underflow", -1, 1 },
2365 		{ F_SECNTERR, "MPS Tx SOP/EOP error", -1, 1 },
2366 		{ F_FRMERR, "MPS Tx framing error", -1, 1 },
2367 		{ 0 }
2368 	};
2369 	static struct intr_info mps_trc_intr_info[] = {
2370 		{ V_FILTMEM(M_FILTMEM), "MPS TRC filter parity error", -1, 1 },
2371 		{ V_PKTFIFO(M_PKTFIFO), "MPS TRC packet FIFO parity error", -1,
2372 		  1 },
2373 		{ F_MISCPERR, "MPS TRC misc parity error", -1, 1 },
2374 		{ 0 }
2375 	};
2376 	static struct intr_info mps_stat_sram_intr_info[] = {
2377 		{ 0x1fffff, "MPS statistics SRAM parity error", -1, 1 },
2378 		{ 0 }
2379 	};
2380 	static struct intr_info mps_stat_tx_intr_info[] = {
2381 		{ 0xfffff, "MPS statistics Tx FIFO parity error", -1, 1 },
2382 		{ 0 }
2383 	};
2384 	static struct intr_info mps_stat_rx_intr_info[] = {
2385 		{ 0xffffff, "MPS statistics Rx FIFO parity error", -1, 1 },
2386 		{ 0 }
2387 	};
2388 	static struct intr_info mps_cls_intr_info[] = {
2389 		{ F_MATCHSRAM, "MPS match SRAM parity error", -1, 1 },
2390 		{ F_MATCHTCAM, "MPS match TCAM parity error", -1, 1 },
2391 		{ F_HASHSRAM, "MPS hash SRAM parity error", -1, 1 },
2392 		{ 0 }
2393 	};
2394 
2395 	int fat;
2396 
2397 	fat = t4_handle_intr_status(adapter, A_MPS_RX_PERR_INT_CAUSE,
2398 				    mps_rx_intr_info) +
2399 	      t4_handle_intr_status(adapter, A_MPS_TX_INT_CAUSE,
2400 				    mps_tx_intr_info) +
2401 	      t4_handle_intr_status(adapter, A_MPS_TRC_INT_CAUSE,
2402 				    mps_trc_intr_info) +
2403 	      t4_handle_intr_status(adapter, A_MPS_STAT_PERR_INT_CAUSE_SRAM,
2404 				    mps_stat_sram_intr_info) +
2405 	      t4_handle_intr_status(adapter, A_MPS_STAT_PERR_INT_CAUSE_TX_FIFO,
2406 				    mps_stat_tx_intr_info) +
2407 	      t4_handle_intr_status(adapter, A_MPS_STAT_PERR_INT_CAUSE_RX_FIFO,
2408 				    mps_stat_rx_intr_info) +
2409 	      t4_handle_intr_status(adapter, A_MPS_CLS_INT_CAUSE,
2410 				    mps_cls_intr_info);
2411 
2412 	t4_write_reg(adapter, A_MPS_INT_CAUSE, 0);
2413 	t4_read_reg(adapter, A_MPS_INT_CAUSE);                    /* flush */
2414 	if (fat)
2415 		t4_fatal_err(adapter);
2416 }
2417 
2418 #define MEM_INT_MASK (F_PERR_INT_CAUSE | F_ECC_CE_INT_CAUSE | F_ECC_UE_INT_CAUSE)
2419 
2420 /*
2421  * EDC/MC interrupt handler.
2422  */
mem_intr_handler(struct adapter * adapter,int idx)2423 static void mem_intr_handler(struct adapter *adapter, int idx)
2424 {
2425 	static const char name[3][5] = { "EDC0", "EDC1", "MC" };
2426 
2427 	unsigned int addr, cnt_addr, v;
2428 
2429 	if (idx <= MEM_EDC1) {
2430 		addr = EDC_REG(A_EDC_INT_CAUSE, idx);
2431 		cnt_addr = EDC_REG(A_EDC_ECC_STATUS, idx);
2432 	} else {
2433 		if (is_t4(adapter)) {
2434 			addr = A_MC_INT_CAUSE;
2435 			cnt_addr = A_MC_ECC_STATUS;
2436 		} else {
2437 			addr = A_MC_P_INT_CAUSE;
2438 			cnt_addr = A_MC_P_ECC_STATUS;
2439 		}
2440 	}
2441 
2442 	v = t4_read_reg(adapter, addr) & MEM_INT_MASK;
2443 	if (v & F_PERR_INT_CAUSE)
2444 		CH_ALERT(adapter, "%s FIFO parity error\n", name[idx]);
2445 	if (v & F_ECC_CE_INT_CAUSE) {
2446 		u32 cnt = G_ECC_CECNT(t4_read_reg(adapter, cnt_addr));
2447 
2448 		t4_write_reg(adapter, cnt_addr, V_ECC_CECNT(M_ECC_CECNT));
2449 		CH_WARN_RATELIMIT(adapter,
2450 				  "%u %s correctable ECC data error%s\n",
2451 				  cnt, name[idx], cnt > 1 ? "s" : "");
2452 	}
2453 	if (v & F_ECC_UE_INT_CAUSE)
2454 		CH_ALERT(adapter, "%s uncorrectable ECC data error\n",
2455 			 name[idx]);
2456 
2457 	t4_write_reg(adapter, addr, v);
2458 	if (v & (F_PERR_INT_CAUSE | F_ECC_UE_INT_CAUSE))
2459 		t4_fatal_err(adapter);
2460 }
2461 
2462 /*
2463  * MA interrupt handler.
2464  */
ma_intr_handler(struct adapter * adapter)2465 static void ma_intr_handler(struct adapter *adapter)
2466 {
2467 	u32 v, status = t4_read_reg(adapter, A_MA_INT_CAUSE);
2468 
2469 	if (status & F_MEM_PERR_INT_CAUSE) {
2470 		CH_ALERT(adapter, "MA parity error, parity status %#x\n",
2471 			 t4_read_reg(adapter, A_MA_PARITY_ERROR_STATUS1));
2472 		if (is_t5(adapter))
2473 			CH_ALERT(adapter,
2474 				 "MA parity error, parity status %#x\n",
2475 				 t4_read_reg(adapter,
2476 				 	     A_MA_PARITY_ERROR_STATUS2));
2477 	}
2478 	if (status & F_MEM_WRAP_INT_CAUSE) {
2479 		v = t4_read_reg(adapter, A_MA_INT_WRAP_STATUS);
2480 		CH_ALERT(adapter, "MA address wrap-around error by client %u to"
2481 			 " address %#x\n", G_MEM_WRAP_CLIENT_NUM(v),
2482 			 G_MEM_WRAP_ADDRESS(v) << 4);
2483 	}
2484 	t4_write_reg(adapter, A_MA_INT_CAUSE, status);
2485 	t4_fatal_err(adapter);
2486 }
2487 
2488 /*
2489  * SMB interrupt handler.
2490  */
smb_intr_handler(struct adapter * adap)2491 static void smb_intr_handler(struct adapter *adap)
2492 {
2493 	static struct intr_info smb_intr_info[] = {
2494 		{ F_MSTTXFIFOPARINT, "SMB master Tx FIFO parity error", -1, 1 },
2495 		{ F_MSTRXFIFOPARINT, "SMB master Rx FIFO parity error", -1, 1 },
2496 		{ F_SLVFIFOPARINT, "SMB slave FIFO parity error", -1, 1 },
2497 		{ 0 }
2498 	};
2499 
2500 	if (t4_handle_intr_status(adap, A_SMB_INT_CAUSE, smb_intr_info))
2501 		t4_fatal_err(adap);
2502 }
2503 
2504 /*
2505  * NC-SI interrupt handler.
2506  */
ncsi_intr_handler(struct adapter * adap)2507 static void ncsi_intr_handler(struct adapter *adap)
2508 {
2509 	static struct intr_info ncsi_intr_info[] = {
2510 		{ F_CIM_DM_PRTY_ERR, "NC-SI CIM parity error", -1, 1 },
2511 		{ F_MPS_DM_PRTY_ERR, "NC-SI MPS parity error", -1, 1 },
2512 		{ F_TXFIFO_PRTY_ERR, "NC-SI Tx FIFO parity error", -1, 1 },
2513 		{ F_RXFIFO_PRTY_ERR, "NC-SI Rx FIFO parity error", -1, 1 },
2514 		{ 0 }
2515 	};
2516 
2517 	if (t4_handle_intr_status(adap, A_NCSI_INT_CAUSE, ncsi_intr_info))
2518 		t4_fatal_err(adap);
2519 }
2520 
2521 /*
2522  * XGMAC interrupt handler.
2523  */
xgmac_intr_handler(struct adapter * adap,int port)2524 static void xgmac_intr_handler(struct adapter *adap, int port)
2525 {
2526 	u32 v, int_cause_reg;
2527 
2528 	if (is_t4(adap))
2529 		int_cause_reg = PORT_REG(port, A_XGMAC_PORT_INT_CAUSE);
2530 	else
2531 		int_cause_reg = T5_PORT_REG(port, A_MAC_PORT_INT_CAUSE);
2532 
2533 	v = t4_read_reg(adap, int_cause_reg);
2534 	v &= (F_TXFIFO_PRTY_ERR | F_RXFIFO_PRTY_ERR);
2535 	if (!v)
2536 		return;
2537 
2538 	if (v & F_TXFIFO_PRTY_ERR)
2539 		CH_ALERT(adap, "XGMAC %d Tx FIFO parity error\n", port);
2540 	if (v & F_RXFIFO_PRTY_ERR)
2541 		CH_ALERT(adap, "XGMAC %d Rx FIFO parity error\n", port);
2542 	t4_write_reg(adap, int_cause_reg, v);
2543 	t4_fatal_err(adap);
2544 }
2545 
2546 /*
2547  * PL interrupt handler.
2548  */
pl_intr_handler(struct adapter * adap)2549 static void pl_intr_handler(struct adapter *adap)
2550 {
2551 	static struct intr_info pl_intr_info[] = {
2552 		{ F_FATALPERR, "Fatal parity error", -1, 1 },
2553 		{ F_PERRVFID, "PL VFID_MAP parity error", -1, 1 },
2554 		{ 0 }
2555 	};
2556 
2557 	static struct intr_info t5_pl_intr_info[] = {
2558 		{ F_PL_BUSPERR, "PL bus parity error", -1, 1 },
2559 		{ F_FATALPERR, "Fatal parity error", -1, 1 },
2560 		{ 0 }
2561 	};
2562 
2563 	if (t4_handle_intr_status(adap, A_PL_PL_INT_CAUSE,
2564 	    is_t4(adap) ?  pl_intr_info : t5_pl_intr_info))
2565 		t4_fatal_err(adap);
2566 }
2567 
2568 #define PF_INTR_MASK (F_PFSW | F_PFCIM)
2569 #define GLBL_INTR_MASK (F_CIM | F_MPS | F_PL | F_PCIE | F_MC | F_EDC0 | \
2570 		F_EDC1 | F_LE | F_TP | F_MA | F_PM_TX | F_PM_RX | F_ULP_RX | \
2571 		F_CPL_SWITCH | F_SGE | F_ULP_TX)
2572 
2573 /**
2574  *	t4_slow_intr_handler - control path interrupt handler
2575  *	@adapter: the adapter
2576  *
2577  *	T4 interrupt handler for non-data global interrupt events, e.g., errors.
2578  *	The designation 'slow' is because it involves register reads, while
2579  *	data interrupts typically don't involve any MMIOs.
2580  */
t4_slow_intr_handler(struct adapter * adapter)2581 int t4_slow_intr_handler(struct adapter *adapter)
2582 {
2583 	u32 cause = t4_read_reg(adapter, A_PL_INT_CAUSE);
2584 
2585 	if (!(cause & GLBL_INTR_MASK))
2586 		return 0;
2587 	if (cause & F_CIM)
2588 		cim_intr_handler(adapter);
2589 	if (cause & F_MPS)
2590 		mps_intr_handler(adapter);
2591 	if (cause & F_NCSI)
2592 		ncsi_intr_handler(adapter);
2593 	if (cause & F_PL)
2594 		pl_intr_handler(adapter);
2595 	if (cause & F_SMB)
2596 		smb_intr_handler(adapter);
2597 	if (cause & F_XGMAC0)
2598 		xgmac_intr_handler(adapter, 0);
2599 	if (cause & F_XGMAC1)
2600 		xgmac_intr_handler(adapter, 1);
2601 	if (cause & F_XGMAC_KR0)
2602 		xgmac_intr_handler(adapter, 2);
2603 	if (cause & F_XGMAC_KR1)
2604 		xgmac_intr_handler(adapter, 3);
2605 	if (cause & F_PCIE)
2606 		pcie_intr_handler(adapter);
2607 	if (cause & F_MC)
2608 		mem_intr_handler(adapter, MEM_MC);
2609 	if (cause & F_EDC0)
2610 		mem_intr_handler(adapter, MEM_EDC0);
2611 	if (cause & F_EDC1)
2612 		mem_intr_handler(adapter, MEM_EDC1);
2613 	if (cause & F_LE)
2614 		le_intr_handler(adapter);
2615 	if (cause & F_TP)
2616 		tp_intr_handler(adapter);
2617 	if (cause & F_MA)
2618 		ma_intr_handler(adapter);
2619 	if (cause & F_PM_TX)
2620 		pmtx_intr_handler(adapter);
2621 	if (cause & F_PM_RX)
2622 		pmrx_intr_handler(adapter);
2623 	if (cause & F_ULP_RX)
2624 		ulprx_intr_handler(adapter);
2625 	if (cause & F_CPL_SWITCH)
2626 		cplsw_intr_handler(adapter);
2627 	if (cause & F_SGE)
2628 		sge_intr_handler(adapter);
2629 	if (cause & F_ULP_TX)
2630 		ulptx_intr_handler(adapter);
2631 
2632 	/* Clear the interrupts just processed for which we are the master. */
2633 	t4_write_reg(adapter, A_PL_INT_CAUSE, cause & GLBL_INTR_MASK);
2634 	(void) t4_read_reg(adapter, A_PL_INT_CAUSE); /* flush */
2635 	return 1;
2636 }
2637 
2638 /**
2639  *	t4_intr_enable - enable interrupts
2640  *	@adapter: the adapter whose interrupts should be enabled
2641  *
2642  *	Enable PF-specific interrupts for the calling function and the top-level
2643  *	interrupt concentrator for global interrupts.  Interrupts are already
2644  *	enabled at each module,	here we just enable the roots of the interrupt
2645  *	hierarchies.
2646  *
2647  *	Note: this function should be called only when the driver manages
2648  *	non PF-specific interrupts from the various HW modules.  Only one PCI
2649  *	function at a time should be doing this.
2650  */
t4_intr_enable(struct adapter * adapter)2651 void t4_intr_enable(struct adapter *adapter)
2652 {
2653 	u32 pf = G_SOURCEPF(t4_read_reg(adapter, A_PL_WHOAMI));
2654 
2655 	t4_write_reg(adapter, A_SGE_INT_ENABLE3, F_ERR_CPL_EXCEED_IQE_SIZE |
2656 		     F_ERR_INVALID_CIDX_INC | F_ERR_CPL_OPCODE_0 |
2657 		     F_ERR_DROPPED_DB | F_ERR_DATA_CPL_ON_HIGH_QID1 |
2658 		     F_ERR_DATA_CPL_ON_HIGH_QID0 | F_ERR_BAD_DB_PIDX3 |
2659 		     F_ERR_BAD_DB_PIDX2 | F_ERR_BAD_DB_PIDX1 |
2660 		     F_ERR_BAD_DB_PIDX0 | F_ERR_ING_CTXT_PRIO |
2661 		     F_ERR_EGR_CTXT_PRIO | F_INGRESS_SIZE_ERR |
2662 		     F_EGRESS_SIZE_ERR);
2663 	t4_write_reg(adapter, MYPF_REG(A_PL_PF_INT_ENABLE), PF_INTR_MASK);
2664 	t4_set_reg_field(adapter, A_PL_INT_MAP0, 0, 1 << pf);
2665 }
2666 
2667 /**
2668  *	t4_intr_disable - disable interrupts
2669  *	@adapter: the adapter whose interrupts should be disabled
2670  *
2671  *	Disable interrupts.  We only disable the top-level interrupt
2672  *	concentrators.  The caller must be a PCI function managing global
2673  *	interrupts.
2674  */
t4_intr_disable(struct adapter * adapter)2675 void t4_intr_disable(struct adapter *adapter)
2676 {
2677 	u32 pf = G_SOURCEPF(t4_read_reg(adapter, A_PL_WHOAMI));
2678 
2679 	t4_write_reg(adapter, MYPF_REG(A_PL_PF_INT_ENABLE), 0);
2680 	t4_set_reg_field(adapter, A_PL_INT_MAP0, 1 << pf, 0);
2681 }
2682 
2683 /**
2684  *	t4_intr_clear - clear all interrupts
2685  *	@adapter: the adapter whose interrupts should be cleared
2686  *
2687  *	Clears all interrupts.  The caller must be a PCI function managing
2688  *	global interrupts.
2689  */
t4_intr_clear(struct adapter * adapter)2690 void t4_intr_clear(struct adapter *adapter)
2691 {
2692 	static const unsigned int cause_reg[] = {
2693 		A_SGE_INT_CAUSE1, A_SGE_INT_CAUSE2, A_SGE_INT_CAUSE3,
2694 		A_PCIE_NONFAT_ERR, A_PCIE_INT_CAUSE,
2695 		A_MA_INT_WRAP_STATUS, A_MA_PARITY_ERROR_STATUS1, A_MA_INT_CAUSE,
2696 		A_EDC_INT_CAUSE, EDC_REG(A_EDC_INT_CAUSE, 1),
2697 		A_CIM_HOST_INT_CAUSE, A_CIM_HOST_UPACC_INT_CAUSE,
2698 		MYPF_REG(A_CIM_PF_HOST_INT_CAUSE),
2699 		A_TP_INT_CAUSE,
2700 		A_ULP_RX_INT_CAUSE, A_ULP_TX_INT_CAUSE,
2701 		A_PM_RX_INT_CAUSE, A_PM_TX_INT_CAUSE,
2702 		A_MPS_RX_PERR_INT_CAUSE,
2703 		A_CPL_INTR_CAUSE,
2704 		MYPF_REG(A_PL_PF_INT_CAUSE),
2705 		A_PL_PL_INT_CAUSE,
2706 		A_LE_DB_INT_CAUSE,
2707 	};
2708 
2709 	unsigned int i;
2710 
2711 	for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE(cause_reg); ++i)
2712 		t4_write_reg(adapter, cause_reg[i], 0xffffffff);
2713 
2714 	t4_write_reg(adapter, is_t4(adapter) ? A_MC_INT_CAUSE :
2715 				A_MC_P_INT_CAUSE, 0xffffffff);
2716 
2717 	if (is_t4(adapter)) {
2718 		t4_write_reg(adapter, A_PCIE_CORE_UTL_SYSTEM_BUS_AGENT_STATUS,
2719 				0xffffffff);
2720 		t4_write_reg(adapter, A_PCIE_CORE_UTL_PCI_EXPRESS_PORT_STATUS,
2721 				0xffffffff);
2722 	} else
2723 		t4_write_reg(adapter, A_MA_PARITY_ERROR_STATUS2, 0xffffffff);
2724 
2725 	t4_write_reg(adapter, A_PL_INT_CAUSE, GLBL_INTR_MASK);
2726 	(void) t4_read_reg(adapter, A_PL_INT_CAUSE);          /* flush */
2727 }
2728 
2729 /**
2730  *	hash_mac_addr - return the hash value of a MAC address
2731  *	@addr: the 48-bit Ethernet MAC address
2732  *
2733  *	Hashes a MAC address according to the hash function used by HW inexact
2734  *	(hash) address matching.
2735  */
hash_mac_addr(const u8 * addr)2736 static int hash_mac_addr(const u8 *addr)
2737 {
2738 	u32 a = ((u32)addr[0] << 16) | ((u32)addr[1] << 8) | addr[2];
2739 	u32 b = ((u32)addr[3] << 16) | ((u32)addr[4] << 8) | addr[5];
2740 	a ^= b;
2741 	a ^= (a >> 12);
2742 	a ^= (a >> 6);
2743 	return a & 0x3f;
2744 }
2745 
2746 /**
2747  *	t4_config_rss_range - configure a portion of the RSS mapping table
2748  *	@adapter: the adapter
2749  *	@mbox: mbox to use for the FW command
2750  *	@viid: virtual interface whose RSS subtable is to be written
2751  *	@start: start entry in the table to write
2752  *	@n: how many table entries to write
2753  *	@rspq: values for the "response queue" (Ingress Queue) lookup table
2754  *	@nrspq: number of values in @rspq
2755  *
2756  *	Programs the selected part of the VI's RSS mapping table with the
2757  *	provided values.  If @nrspq < @n the supplied values are used repeatedly
2758  *	until the full table range is populated.
2759  *
2760  *	The caller must ensure the values in @rspq are in the range allowed for
2761  *	@viid.
2762  */
t4_config_rss_range(struct adapter * adapter,int mbox,unsigned int viid,int start,int n,const u16 * rspq,unsigned int nrspq)2763 int t4_config_rss_range(struct adapter *adapter, int mbox, unsigned int viid,
2764 			int start, int n, const u16 *rspq, unsigned int nrspq)
2765 {
2766 	int ret;
2767 	const u16 *rsp = rspq;
2768 	const u16 *rsp_end = rspq + nrspq;
2769 	struct fw_rss_ind_tbl_cmd cmd;
2770 
2771 	memset(&cmd, 0, sizeof(cmd));
2772 	cmd.op_to_viid = htonl(V_FW_CMD_OP(FW_RSS_IND_TBL_CMD) |
2773 			       F_FW_CMD_REQUEST | F_FW_CMD_WRITE |
2774 			       V_FW_RSS_IND_TBL_CMD_VIID(viid));
2775 	cmd.retval_len16 = htonl(FW_LEN16(cmd));
2776 
2777 
2778 	/*
2779 	 * Each firmware RSS command can accommodate up to 32 RSS Ingress
2780 	 * Queue Identifiers.  These Ingress Queue IDs are packed three to
2781 	 * a 32-bit word as 10-bit values with the upper remaining 2 bits
2782 	 * reserved.
2783 	 */
2784 	while (n > 0) {
2785 		int nq = min(n, 32);
2786 		int nq_packed = 0;
2787 		__be32 *qp = &cmd.iq0_to_iq2;
2788 
2789 		/*
2790 		 * Set up the firmware RSS command header to send the next
2791 		 * "nq" Ingress Queue IDs to the firmware.
2792 		 */
2793 		cmd.niqid = htons(nq);
2794 		cmd.startidx = htons(start);
2795 
2796 		/*
2797 		 * "nq" more done for the start of the next loop.
2798 		 */
2799 		start += nq;
2800 		n -= nq;
2801 
2802 		/*
2803 		 * While there are still Ingress Queue IDs to stuff into the
2804 		 * current firmware RSS command, retrieve them from the
2805 		 * Ingress Queue ID array and insert them into the command.
2806 		 */
2807 		while (nq > 0) {
2808 			/*
2809 			 * Grab up to the next 3 Ingress Queue IDs (wrapping
2810 			 * around the Ingress Queue ID array if necessary) and
2811 			 * insert them into the firmware RSS command at the
2812 			 * current 3-tuple position within the commad.
2813 			 */
2814 			u16 qbuf[3];
2815 			u16 *qbp = qbuf;
2816 			int nqbuf = min(3, nq);
2817 
2818 			nq -= nqbuf;
2819 			qbuf[0] = qbuf[1] = qbuf[2] = 0;
2820 			while (nqbuf && nq_packed < 32) {
2821 				nqbuf--;
2822 				nq_packed++;
2823 				*qbp++ = *rsp++;
2824 				if (rsp >= rsp_end)
2825 					rsp = rspq;
2826 			}
2827 			*qp++ = cpu_to_be32(V_FW_RSS_IND_TBL_CMD_IQ0(qbuf[0]) |
2828 					    V_FW_RSS_IND_TBL_CMD_IQ1(qbuf[1]) |
2829 					    V_FW_RSS_IND_TBL_CMD_IQ2(qbuf[2]));
2830 		}
2831 
2832 		/*
2833 		 * Send this portion of the RRS table update to the firmware;
2834 		 * bail out on any errors.
2835 		 */
2836 		ret = t4_wr_mbox(adapter, mbox, &cmd, sizeof(cmd), NULL);
2837 		if (ret)
2838 			return ret;
2839 	}
2840 
2841 	return 0;
2842 }
2843 
2844 /**
2845  *	t4_config_glbl_rss - configure the global RSS mode
2846  *	@adapter: the adapter
2847  *	@mbox: mbox to use for the FW command
2848  *	@mode: global RSS mode
2849  *	@flags: mode-specific flags
2850  *
2851  *	Sets the global RSS mode.
2852  */
t4_config_glbl_rss(struct adapter * adapter,int mbox,unsigned int mode,unsigned int flags)2853 int t4_config_glbl_rss(struct adapter *adapter, int mbox, unsigned int mode,
2854 		       unsigned int flags)
2855 {
2856 	struct fw_rss_glb_config_cmd c;
2857 
2858 	memset(&c, 0, sizeof(c));
2859 	c.op_to_write = htonl(V_FW_CMD_OP(FW_RSS_GLB_CONFIG_CMD) |
2860 			      F_FW_CMD_REQUEST | F_FW_CMD_WRITE);
2861 	c.retval_len16 = htonl(FW_LEN16(c));
2862 	if (mode == FW_RSS_GLB_CONFIG_CMD_MODE_MANUAL) {
2863 		c.u.manual.mode_pkd = htonl(V_FW_RSS_GLB_CONFIG_CMD_MODE(mode));
2864 	} else if (mode == FW_RSS_GLB_CONFIG_CMD_MODE_BASICVIRTUAL) {
2865 		c.u.basicvirtual.mode_pkd =
2866 			htonl(V_FW_RSS_GLB_CONFIG_CMD_MODE(mode));
2867 		c.u.basicvirtual.synmapen_to_hashtoeplitz = htonl(flags);
2868 	} else
2869 		return -EINVAL;
2870 	return t4_wr_mbox(adapter, mbox, &c, sizeof(c), NULL);
2871 }
2872 
2873 /**
2874  *	t4_config_vi_rss - configure per VI RSS settings
2875  *	@adapter: the adapter
2876  *	@mbox: mbox to use for the FW command
2877  *	@viid: the VI id
2878  *	@flags: RSS flags
2879  *	@defq: id of the default RSS queue for the VI.
2880  *
2881  *	Configures VI-specific RSS properties.
2882  */
t4_config_vi_rss(struct adapter * adapter,int mbox,unsigned int viid,unsigned int flags,unsigned int defq)2883 int t4_config_vi_rss(struct adapter *adapter, int mbox, unsigned int viid,
2884 		     unsigned int flags, unsigned int defq)
2885 {
2886 	struct fw_rss_vi_config_cmd c;
2887 
2888 	memset(&c, 0, sizeof(c));
2889 	c.op_to_viid = htonl(V_FW_CMD_OP(FW_RSS_VI_CONFIG_CMD) |
2890 			     F_FW_CMD_REQUEST | F_FW_CMD_WRITE |
2891 			     V_FW_RSS_VI_CONFIG_CMD_VIID(viid));
2892 	c.retval_len16 = htonl(FW_LEN16(c));
2893 	c.u.basicvirtual.defaultq_to_udpen = htonl(flags |
2894 					V_FW_RSS_VI_CONFIG_CMD_DEFAULTQ(defq));
2895 	return t4_wr_mbox(adapter, mbox, &c, sizeof(c), NULL);
2896 }
2897 
2898 /* Read an RSS table row */
rd_rss_row(struct adapter * adap,int row,u32 * val)2899 static int rd_rss_row(struct adapter *adap, int row, u32 *val)
2900 {
2901 	t4_write_reg(adap, A_TP_RSS_LKP_TABLE, 0xfff00000 | row);
2902 	return t4_wait_op_done_val(adap, A_TP_RSS_LKP_TABLE, F_LKPTBLROWVLD, 1,
2903 				   5, 0, val);
2904 }
2905 
2906 /**
2907  *	t4_read_rss - read the contents of the RSS mapping table
2908  *	@adapter: the adapter
2909  *	@map: holds the contents of the RSS mapping table
2910  *
2911  *	Reads the contents of the RSS hash->queue mapping table.
2912  */
t4_read_rss(struct adapter * adapter,u16 * map)2913 int t4_read_rss(struct adapter *adapter, u16 *map)
2914 {
2915 	u32 val;
2916 	int i, ret;
2917 
2918 	for (i = 0; i < RSS_NENTRIES / 2; ++i) {
2919 		ret = rd_rss_row(adapter, i, &val);
2920 		if (ret)
2921 			return ret;
2922 		*map++ = G_LKPTBLQUEUE0(val);
2923 		*map++ = G_LKPTBLQUEUE1(val);
2924 	}
2925 	return 0;
2926 }
2927 
2928 /**
2929  *	t4_read_rss_key - read the global RSS key
2930  *	@adap: the adapter
2931  *	@key: 10-entry array holding the 320-bit RSS key
2932  *
2933  *	Reads the global 320-bit RSS key.
2934  */
t4_read_rss_key(struct adapter * adap,u32 * key)2935 void t4_read_rss_key(struct adapter *adap, u32 *key)
2936 {
2937 	t4_read_indirect(adap, A_TP_PIO_ADDR, A_TP_PIO_DATA, key, 10,
2938 			 A_TP_RSS_SECRET_KEY0);
2939 }
2940 
2941 /**
2942  *	t4_write_rss_key - program one of the RSS keys
2943  *	@adap: the adapter
2944  *	@key: 10-entry array holding the 320-bit RSS key
2945  *	@idx: which RSS key to write
2946  *
2947  *	Writes one of the RSS keys with the given 320-bit value.  If @idx is
2948  *	0..15 the corresponding entry in the RSS key table is written,
2949  *	otherwise the global RSS key is written.
2950  */
t4_write_rss_key(struct adapter * adap,const u32 * key,int idx)2951 void t4_write_rss_key(struct adapter *adap, const u32 *key, int idx)
2952 {
2953 	t4_write_indirect(adap, A_TP_PIO_ADDR, A_TP_PIO_DATA, key, 10,
2954 			  A_TP_RSS_SECRET_KEY0);
2955 	if (idx >= 0 && idx < 16)
2956 		t4_write_reg(adap, A_TP_RSS_CONFIG_VRT,
2957 			     V_KEYWRADDR(idx) | F_KEYWREN);
2958 }
2959 
2960 /**
2961  *	t4_read_rss_pf_config - read PF RSS Configuration Table
2962  *	@adapter: the adapter
2963  *	@index: the entry in the PF RSS table to read
2964  *	@valp: where to store the returned value
2965  *
2966  *	Reads the PF RSS Configuration Table at the specified index and returns
2967  *	the value found there.
2968  */
t4_read_rss_pf_config(struct adapter * adapter,unsigned int index,u32 * valp)2969 void t4_read_rss_pf_config(struct adapter *adapter, unsigned int index, u32 *valp)
2970 {
2971 	t4_read_indirect(adapter, A_TP_PIO_ADDR, A_TP_PIO_DATA,
2972 			 valp, 1, A_TP_RSS_PF0_CONFIG + index);
2973 }
2974 
2975 /**
2976  *	t4_write_rss_pf_config - write PF RSS Configuration Table
2977  *	@adapter: the adapter
2978  *	@index: the entry in the VF RSS table to read
2979  *	@val: the value to store
2980  *
2981  *	Writes the PF RSS Configuration Table at the specified index with the
2982  *	specified value.
2983  */
t4_write_rss_pf_config(struct adapter * adapter,unsigned int index,u32 val)2984 void t4_write_rss_pf_config(struct adapter *adapter, unsigned int index, u32 val)
2985 {
2986 	t4_write_indirect(adapter, A_TP_PIO_ADDR, A_TP_PIO_DATA,
2987 			  &val, 1, A_TP_RSS_PF0_CONFIG + index);
2988 }
2989 
2990 /**
2991  *	t4_read_rss_vf_config - read VF RSS Configuration Table
2992  *	@adapter: the adapter
2993  *	@index: the entry in the VF RSS table to read
2994  *	@vfl: where to store the returned VFL
2995  *	@vfh: where to store the returned VFH
2996  *
2997  *	Reads the VF RSS Configuration Table at the specified index and returns
2998  *	the (VFL, VFH) values found there.
2999  */
t4_read_rss_vf_config(struct adapter * adapter,unsigned int index,u32 * vfl,u32 * vfh)3000 void t4_read_rss_vf_config(struct adapter *adapter, unsigned int index,
3001 			   u32 *vfl, u32 *vfh)
3002 {
3003 	u32 vrt;
3004 
3005 	/*
3006 	 * Request that the index'th VF Table values be read into VFL/VFH.
3007 	 */
3008 	vrt = t4_read_reg(adapter, A_TP_RSS_CONFIG_VRT);
3009 	vrt &= ~(F_VFRDRG | V_VFWRADDR(M_VFWRADDR) | F_VFWREN | F_KEYWREN);
3010 	vrt |= V_VFWRADDR(index) | F_VFRDEN;
3011 	t4_write_reg(adapter, A_TP_RSS_CONFIG_VRT, vrt);
3012 
3013 	/*
3014 	 * Grab the VFL/VFH values ...
3015 	 */
3016 	t4_read_indirect(adapter, A_TP_PIO_ADDR, A_TP_PIO_DATA,
3017 			 vfl, 1, A_TP_RSS_VFL_CONFIG);
3018 	t4_read_indirect(adapter, A_TP_PIO_ADDR, A_TP_PIO_DATA,
3019 			 vfh, 1, A_TP_RSS_VFH_CONFIG);
3020 }
3021 
3022 /**
3023  *	t4_write_rss_vf_config - write VF RSS Configuration Table
3024  *
3025  *	@adapter: the adapter
3026  *	@index: the entry in the VF RSS table to write
3027  *	@vfl: the VFL to store
3028  *	@vfh: the VFH to store
3029  *
3030  *	Writes the VF RSS Configuration Table at the specified index with the
3031  *	specified (VFL, VFH) values.
3032  */
t4_write_rss_vf_config(struct adapter * adapter,unsigned int index,u32 vfl,u32 vfh)3033 void t4_write_rss_vf_config(struct adapter *adapter, unsigned int index,
3034 			    u32 vfl, u32 vfh)
3035 {
3036 	u32 vrt;
3037 
3038 	/*
3039 	 * Load up VFL/VFH with the values to be written ...
3040 	 */
3041 	t4_write_indirect(adapter, A_TP_PIO_ADDR, A_TP_PIO_DATA,
3042 			  &vfl, 1, A_TP_RSS_VFL_CONFIG);
3043 	t4_write_indirect(adapter, A_TP_PIO_ADDR, A_TP_PIO_DATA,
3044 			  &vfh, 1, A_TP_RSS_VFH_CONFIG);
3045 
3046 	/*
3047 	 * Write the VFL/VFH into the VF Table at index'th location.
3048 	 */
3049 	vrt = t4_read_reg(adapter, A_TP_RSS_CONFIG_VRT);
3050 	vrt &= ~(F_VFRDRG | F_VFRDEN | V_VFWRADDR(M_VFWRADDR) | F_KEYWREN);
3051 	vrt |= V_VFWRADDR(index) | F_VFWREN;
3052 	t4_write_reg(adapter, A_TP_RSS_CONFIG_VRT, vrt);
3053 }
3054 
3055 /**
3056  *	t4_read_rss_pf_map - read PF RSS Map
3057  *	@adapter: the adapter
3058  *
3059  *	Reads the PF RSS Map register and returns its value.
3060  */
t4_read_rss_pf_map(struct adapter * adapter)3061 u32 t4_read_rss_pf_map(struct adapter *adapter)
3062 {
3063 	u32 pfmap;
3064 
3065 	t4_read_indirect(adapter, A_TP_PIO_ADDR, A_TP_PIO_DATA,
3066 			 &pfmap, 1, A_TP_RSS_PF_MAP);
3067 	return pfmap;
3068 }
3069 
3070 /**
3071  *	t4_write_rss_pf_map - write PF RSS Map
3072  *	@adapter: the adapter
3073  *	@pfmap: PF RSS Map value
3074  *
3075  *	Writes the specified value to the PF RSS Map register.
3076  */
t4_write_rss_pf_map(struct adapter * adapter,u32 pfmap)3077 void t4_write_rss_pf_map(struct adapter *adapter, u32 pfmap)
3078 {
3079 	t4_write_indirect(adapter, A_TP_PIO_ADDR, A_TP_PIO_DATA,
3080 			  &pfmap, 1, A_TP_RSS_PF_MAP);
3081 }
3082 
3083 /**
3084  *	t4_read_rss_pf_mask - read PF RSS Mask
3085  *	@adapter: the adapter
3086  *
3087  *	Reads the PF RSS Mask register and returns its value.
3088  */
t4_read_rss_pf_mask(struct adapter * adapter)3089 u32 t4_read_rss_pf_mask(struct adapter *adapter)
3090 {
3091 	u32 pfmask;
3092 
3093 	t4_read_indirect(adapter, A_TP_PIO_ADDR, A_TP_PIO_DATA,
3094 			 &pfmask, 1, A_TP_RSS_PF_MSK);
3095 	return pfmask;
3096 }
3097 
3098 /**
3099  *	t4_write_rss_pf_mask - write PF RSS Mask
3100  *	@adapter: the adapter
3101  *	@pfmask: PF RSS Mask value
3102  *
3103  *	Writes the specified value to the PF RSS Mask register.
3104  */
t4_write_rss_pf_mask(struct adapter * adapter,u32 pfmask)3105 void t4_write_rss_pf_mask(struct adapter *adapter, u32 pfmask)
3106 {
3107 	t4_write_indirect(adapter, A_TP_PIO_ADDR, A_TP_PIO_DATA,
3108 			  &pfmask, 1, A_TP_RSS_PF_MSK);
3109 }
3110 
refresh_vlan_pri_map(struct adapter * adap)3111 static void refresh_vlan_pri_map(struct adapter *adap)
3112 {
3113 
3114         t4_read_indirect(adap, A_TP_PIO_ADDR, A_TP_PIO_DATA,
3115                          &adap->params.tp.vlan_pri_map, 1,
3116                          A_TP_VLAN_PRI_MAP);
3117 
3118 	/*
3119 	 * Now that we have TP_VLAN_PRI_MAP cached, we can calculate the field
3120 	 * shift positions of several elements of the Compressed Filter Tuple
3121 	 * for this adapter which we need frequently ...
3122 	 */
3123 	adap->params.tp.vlan_shift = t4_filter_field_shift(adap, F_VLAN);
3124 	adap->params.tp.vnic_shift = t4_filter_field_shift(adap, F_VNIC_ID);
3125 	adap->params.tp.port_shift = t4_filter_field_shift(adap, F_PORT);
3126 	adap->params.tp.protocol_shift = t4_filter_field_shift(adap, F_PROTOCOL);
3127 
3128 	/*
3129 	 * If TP_INGRESS_CONFIG.VNID == 0, then TP_VLAN_PRI_MAP.VNIC_ID
3130 	 * represents the presense of an Outer VLAN instead of a VNIC ID.
3131 	 */
3132 	if ((adap->params.tp.ingress_config & F_VNIC) == 0)
3133 		adap->params.tp.vnic_shift = -1;
3134 }
3135 
3136 /**
3137  *	t4_set_filter_mode - configure the optional components of filter tuples
3138  *	@adap: the adapter
3139  *	@mode_map: a bitmap selcting which optional filter components to enable
3140  *
3141  *	Sets the filter mode by selecting the optional components to enable
3142  *	in filter tuples.  Returns 0 on success and a negative error if the
3143  *	requested mode needs more bits than are available for optional
3144  *	components.
3145  */
t4_set_filter_mode(struct adapter * adap,unsigned int mode_map)3146 int t4_set_filter_mode(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int mode_map)
3147 {
3148 	static u8 width[] = { 1, 3, 17, 17, 8, 8, 16, 9, 3, 1 };
3149 
3150 	int i, nbits = 0;
3151 
3152 	for (i = S_FCOE; i <= S_FRAGMENTATION; i++)
3153 		if (mode_map & (1 << i))
3154 			nbits += width[i];
3155 	if (nbits > FILTER_OPT_LEN)
3156 		return -EINVAL;
3157 	t4_write_indirect(adap, A_TP_PIO_ADDR, A_TP_PIO_DATA, &mode_map, 1,
3158 			  A_TP_VLAN_PRI_MAP);
3159 	refresh_vlan_pri_map(adap);
3160 
3161 	return 0;
3162 }
3163 
3164 /**
3165  *	t4_tp_get_tcp_stats - read TP's TCP MIB counters
3166  *	@adap: the adapter
3167  *	@v4: holds the TCP/IP counter values
3168  *	@v6: holds the TCP/IPv6 counter values
3169  *
3170  *	Returns the values of TP's TCP/IP and TCP/IPv6 MIB counters.
3171  *	Either @v4 or @v6 may be %NULL to skip the corresponding stats.
3172  */
t4_tp_get_tcp_stats(struct adapter * adap,struct tp_tcp_stats * v4,struct tp_tcp_stats * v6)3173 void t4_tp_get_tcp_stats(struct adapter *adap, struct tp_tcp_stats *v4,
3174 			 struct tp_tcp_stats *v6)
3175 {
3176 	u32 val[A_TP_MIB_TCP_RXT_SEG_LO - A_TP_MIB_TCP_OUT_RST + 1];
3177 
3178 #define STAT_IDX(x) ((A_TP_MIB_TCP_##x) - A_TP_MIB_TCP_OUT_RST)
3179 #define STAT(x)     val[STAT_IDX(x)]
3180 #define STAT64(x)   (((u64)STAT(x##_HI) << 32) | STAT(x##_LO))
3181 
3182 	if (v4) {
3183 		t4_read_indirect(adap, A_TP_MIB_INDEX, A_TP_MIB_DATA, val,
3184 				 ARRAY_SIZE(val), A_TP_MIB_TCP_OUT_RST);
3185 		v4->tcpOutRsts = STAT(OUT_RST);
3186 		v4->tcpInSegs  = STAT64(IN_SEG);
3187 		v4->tcpOutSegs = STAT64(OUT_SEG);
3188 		v4->tcpRetransSegs = STAT64(RXT_SEG);
3189 	}
3190 	if (v6) {
3191 		t4_read_indirect(adap, A_TP_MIB_INDEX, A_TP_MIB_DATA, val,
3192 				 ARRAY_SIZE(val), A_TP_MIB_TCP_V6OUT_RST);
3193 		v6->tcpOutRsts = STAT(OUT_RST);
3194 		v6->tcpInSegs  = STAT64(IN_SEG);
3195 		v6->tcpOutSegs = STAT64(OUT_SEG);
3196 		v6->tcpRetransSegs = STAT64(RXT_SEG);
3197 	}
3198 #undef STAT64
3199 #undef STAT
3200 #undef STAT_IDX
3201 }
3202 
3203 /**
3204  *	t4_tp_get_err_stats - read TP's error MIB counters
3205  *	@adap: the adapter
3206  *	@st: holds the counter values
3207  *
3208  *	Returns the values of TP's error counters.
3209  */
t4_tp_get_err_stats(struct adapter * adap,struct tp_err_stats * st)3210 void t4_tp_get_err_stats(struct adapter *adap, struct tp_err_stats *st)
3211 {
3212 	t4_read_indirect(adap, A_TP_MIB_INDEX, A_TP_MIB_DATA, st->macInErrs,
3213 			 12, A_TP_MIB_MAC_IN_ERR_0);
3214 	t4_read_indirect(adap, A_TP_MIB_INDEX, A_TP_MIB_DATA, st->tnlCongDrops,
3215 			 8, A_TP_MIB_TNL_CNG_DROP_0);
3216 	t4_read_indirect(adap, A_TP_MIB_INDEX, A_TP_MIB_DATA, st->tnlTxDrops,
3217 			 4, A_TP_MIB_TNL_DROP_0);
3218 	t4_read_indirect(adap, A_TP_MIB_INDEX, A_TP_MIB_DATA, st->ofldVlanDrops,
3219 			 4, A_TP_MIB_OFD_VLN_DROP_0);
3220 	t4_read_indirect(adap, A_TP_MIB_INDEX, A_TP_MIB_DATA, st->tcp6InErrs,
3221 			 4, A_TP_MIB_TCP_V6IN_ERR_0);
3222 	t4_read_indirect(adap, A_TP_MIB_INDEX, A_TP_MIB_DATA, &st->ofldNoNeigh,
3223 			 2, A_TP_MIB_OFD_ARP_DROP);
3224 }
3225 
3226 /**
3227  *	t4_tp_get_proxy_stats - read TP's proxy MIB counters
3228  *	@adap: the adapter
3229  *	@st: holds the counter values
3230  *
3231  *	Returns the values of TP's proxy counters.
3232  */
t4_tp_get_proxy_stats(struct adapter * adap,struct tp_proxy_stats * st)3233 void t4_tp_get_proxy_stats(struct adapter *adap, struct tp_proxy_stats *st)
3234 {
3235 	t4_read_indirect(adap, A_TP_MIB_INDEX, A_TP_MIB_DATA, st->proxy,
3236 			 4, A_TP_MIB_TNL_LPBK_0);
3237 }
3238 
3239 /**
3240  *	t4_tp_get_cpl_stats - read TP's CPL MIB counters
3241  *	@adap: the adapter
3242  *	@st: holds the counter values
3243  *
3244  *	Returns the values of TP's CPL counters.
3245  */
t4_tp_get_cpl_stats(struct adapter * adap,struct tp_cpl_stats * st)3246 void t4_tp_get_cpl_stats(struct adapter *adap, struct tp_cpl_stats *st)
3247 {
3248 	t4_read_indirect(adap, A_TP_MIB_INDEX, A_TP_MIB_DATA, st->req,
3249 			 8, A_TP_MIB_CPL_IN_REQ_0);
3250 }
3251 
3252 /**
3253  *	t4_tp_get_rdma_stats - read TP's RDMA MIB counters
3254  *	@adap: the adapter
3255  *	@st: holds the counter values
3256  *
3257  *	Returns the values of TP's RDMA counters.
3258  */
t4_tp_get_rdma_stats(struct adapter * adap,struct tp_rdma_stats * st)3259 void t4_tp_get_rdma_stats(struct adapter *adap, struct tp_rdma_stats *st)
3260 {
3261 	t4_read_indirect(adap, A_TP_MIB_INDEX, A_TP_MIB_DATA, &st->rqe_dfr_mod,
3262 			 2, A_TP_MIB_RQE_DFR_MOD);
3263 }
3264 
3265 /**
3266  *	t4_get_fcoe_stats - read TP's FCoE MIB counters for a port
3267  *	@adap: the adapter
3268  *	@idx: the port index
3269  *	@st: holds the counter values
3270  *
3271  *	Returns the values of TP's FCoE counters for the selected port.
3272  */
t4_get_fcoe_stats(struct adapter * adap,unsigned int idx,struct tp_fcoe_stats * st)3273 void t4_get_fcoe_stats(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int idx,
3274 		       struct tp_fcoe_stats *st)
3275 {
3276 	u32 val[2];
3277 
3278 	t4_read_indirect(adap, A_TP_MIB_INDEX, A_TP_MIB_DATA, &st->framesDDP,
3279 			 1, A_TP_MIB_FCOE_DDP_0 + idx);
3280 	t4_read_indirect(adap, A_TP_MIB_INDEX, A_TP_MIB_DATA, &st->framesDrop,
3281 			 1, A_TP_MIB_FCOE_DROP_0 + idx);
3282 	t4_read_indirect(adap, A_TP_MIB_INDEX, A_TP_MIB_DATA, val,
3283 			 2, A_TP_MIB_FCOE_BYTE_0_HI + 2 * idx);
3284 	st->octetsDDP = ((u64)val[0] << 32) | val[1];
3285 }
3286 
3287 /**
3288  *	t4_get_usm_stats - read TP's non-TCP DDP MIB counters
3289  *	@adap: the adapter
3290  *	@st: holds the counter values
3291  *
3292  *	Returns the values of TP's counters for non-TCP directly-placed packets.
3293  */
t4_get_usm_stats(struct adapter * adap,struct tp_usm_stats * st)3294 void t4_get_usm_stats(struct adapter *adap, struct tp_usm_stats *st)
3295 {
3296 	u32 val[4];
3297 
3298 	t4_read_indirect(adap, A_TP_MIB_INDEX, A_TP_MIB_DATA, val, 4,
3299 			 A_TP_MIB_USM_PKTS);
3300 	st->frames = val[0];
3301 	st->drops = val[1];
3302 	st->octets = ((u64)val[2] << 32) | val[3];
3303 }
3304 
3305 /**
3306  *	t4_read_mtu_tbl - returns the values in the HW path MTU table
3307  *	@adap: the adapter
3308  *	@mtus: where to store the MTU values
3309  *	@mtu_log: where to store the MTU base-2 log (may be %NULL)
3310  *
3311  *	Reads the HW path MTU table.
3312  */
t4_read_mtu_tbl(struct adapter * adap,u16 * mtus,u8 * mtu_log)3313 void t4_read_mtu_tbl(struct adapter *adap, u16 *mtus, u8 *mtu_log)
3314 {
3315 	u32 v;
3316 	int i;
3317 
3318 	for (i = 0; i < NMTUS; ++i) {
3319 		t4_write_reg(adap, A_TP_MTU_TABLE,
3320 			     V_MTUINDEX(0xff) | V_MTUVALUE(i));
3321 		v = t4_read_reg(adap, A_TP_MTU_TABLE);
3322 		mtus[i] = G_MTUVALUE(v);
3323 		if (mtu_log)
3324 			mtu_log[i] = G_MTUWIDTH(v);
3325 	}
3326 }
3327 
3328 /**
3329  *	t4_read_cong_tbl - reads the congestion control table
3330  *	@adap: the adapter
3331  *	@incr: where to store the alpha values
3332  *
3333  *	Reads the additive increments programmed into the HW congestion
3334  *	control table.
3335  */
t4_read_cong_tbl(struct adapter * adap,u16 incr[NMTUS][NCCTRL_WIN])3336 void t4_read_cong_tbl(struct adapter *adap, u16 incr[NMTUS][NCCTRL_WIN])
3337 {
3338 	unsigned int mtu, w;
3339 
3340 	for (mtu = 0; mtu < NMTUS; ++mtu)
3341 		for (w = 0; w < NCCTRL_WIN; ++w) {
3342 			t4_write_reg(adap, A_TP_CCTRL_TABLE,
3343 				     V_ROWINDEX(0xffff) | (mtu << 5) | w);
3344 			incr[mtu][w] = (u16)t4_read_reg(adap,
3345 						A_TP_CCTRL_TABLE) & 0x1fff;
3346 		}
3347 }
3348 
3349 /**
3350  *	t4_read_pace_tbl - read the pace table
3351  *	@adap: the adapter
3352  *	@pace_vals: holds the returned values
3353  *
3354  *	Returns the values of TP's pace table in microseconds.
3355  */
t4_read_pace_tbl(struct adapter * adap,unsigned int pace_vals[NTX_SCHED])3356 void t4_read_pace_tbl(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int pace_vals[NTX_SCHED])
3357 {
3358 	unsigned int i, v;
3359 
3360 	for (i = 0; i < NTX_SCHED; i++) {
3361 		t4_write_reg(adap, A_TP_PACE_TABLE, 0xffff0000 + i);
3362 		v = t4_read_reg(adap, A_TP_PACE_TABLE);
3363 		pace_vals[i] = dack_ticks_to_usec(adap, v);
3364 	}
3365 }
3366 
3367 /**
3368  *	t4_tp_wr_bits_indirect - set/clear bits in an indirect TP register
3369  *	@adap: the adapter
3370  *	@addr: the indirect TP register address
3371  *	@mask: specifies the field within the register to modify
3372  *	@val: new value for the field
3373  *
3374  *	Sets a field of an indirect TP register to the given value.
3375  */
t4_tp_wr_bits_indirect(struct adapter * adap,unsigned int addr,unsigned int mask,unsigned int val)3376 void t4_tp_wr_bits_indirect(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int addr,
3377 			    unsigned int mask, unsigned int val)
3378 {
3379 	t4_write_reg(adap, A_TP_PIO_ADDR, addr);
3380 	val |= t4_read_reg(adap, A_TP_PIO_DATA) & ~mask;
3381 	t4_write_reg(adap, A_TP_PIO_DATA, val);
3382 }
3383 
3384 /**
3385  *	init_cong_ctrl - initialize congestion control parameters
3386  *	@a: the alpha values for congestion control
3387  *	@b: the beta values for congestion control
3388  *
3389  *	Initialize the congestion control parameters.
3390  */
init_cong_ctrl(unsigned short * a,unsigned short * b)3391 static void __devinit init_cong_ctrl(unsigned short *a, unsigned short *b)
3392 {
3393 	a[0] = a[1] = a[2] = a[3] = a[4] = a[5] = a[6] = a[7] = a[8] = 1;
3394 	a[9] = 2;
3395 	a[10] = 3;
3396 	a[11] = 4;
3397 	a[12] = 5;
3398 	a[13] = 6;
3399 	a[14] = 7;
3400 	a[15] = 8;
3401 	a[16] = 9;
3402 	a[17] = 10;
3403 	a[18] = 14;
3404 	a[19] = 17;
3405 	a[20] = 21;
3406 	a[21] = 25;
3407 	a[22] = 30;
3408 	a[23] = 35;
3409 	a[24] = 45;
3410 	a[25] = 60;
3411 	a[26] = 80;
3412 	a[27] = 100;
3413 	a[28] = 200;
3414 	a[29] = 300;
3415 	a[30] = 400;
3416 	a[31] = 500;
3417 
3418 	b[0] = b[1] = b[2] = b[3] = b[4] = b[5] = b[6] = b[7] = b[8] = 0;
3419 	b[9] = b[10] = 1;
3420 	b[11] = b[12] = 2;
3421 	b[13] = b[14] = b[15] = b[16] = 3;
3422 	b[17] = b[18] = b[19] = b[20] = b[21] = 4;
3423 	b[22] = b[23] = b[24] = b[25] = b[26] = b[27] = 5;
3424 	b[28] = b[29] = 6;
3425 	b[30] = b[31] = 7;
3426 }
3427 
3428 /* The minimum additive increment value for the congestion control table */
3429 #define CC_MIN_INCR 2U
3430 
3431 /**
3432  *	t4_load_mtus - write the MTU and congestion control HW tables
3433  *	@adap: the adapter
3434  *	@mtus: the values for the MTU table
3435  *	@alpha: the values for the congestion control alpha parameter
3436  *	@beta: the values for the congestion control beta parameter
3437  *
3438  *	Write the HW MTU table with the supplied MTUs and the high-speed
3439  *	congestion control table with the supplied alpha, beta, and MTUs.
3440  *	We write the two tables together because the additive increments
3441  *	depend on the MTUs.
3442  */
t4_load_mtus(struct adapter * adap,const unsigned short * mtus,const unsigned short * alpha,const unsigned short * beta)3443 void t4_load_mtus(struct adapter *adap, const unsigned short *mtus,
3444 		  const unsigned short *alpha, const unsigned short *beta)
3445 {
3446 	static const unsigned int avg_pkts[NCCTRL_WIN] = {
3447 		2, 6, 10, 14, 20, 28, 40, 56, 80, 112, 160, 224, 320, 448, 640,
3448 		896, 1281, 1792, 2560, 3584, 5120, 7168, 10240, 14336, 20480,
3449 		28672, 40960, 57344, 81920, 114688, 163840, 229376
3450 	};
3451 
3452 	unsigned int i, w;
3453 
3454 	for (i = 0; i < NMTUS; ++i) {
3455 		unsigned int mtu = mtus[i];
3456 		unsigned int log2 = fls(mtu);
3457 
3458 		if (!(mtu & ((1 << log2) >> 2)))     /* round */
3459 			log2--;
3460 		t4_write_reg(adap, A_TP_MTU_TABLE, V_MTUINDEX(i) |
3461 			     V_MTUWIDTH(log2) | V_MTUVALUE(mtu));
3462 
3463 		for (w = 0; w < NCCTRL_WIN; ++w) {
3464 			unsigned int inc;
3465 
3466 			inc = max(((mtu - 40) * alpha[w]) / avg_pkts[w],
3467 				  CC_MIN_INCR);
3468 
3469 			t4_write_reg(adap, A_TP_CCTRL_TABLE, (i << 21) |
3470 				     (w << 16) | (beta[w] << 13) | inc);
3471 		}
3472 	}
3473 }
3474 
3475 /**
3476  *	t4_set_pace_tbl - set the pace table
3477  *	@adap: the adapter
3478  *	@pace_vals: the pace values in microseconds
3479  *	@start: index of the first entry in the HW pace table to set
3480  *	@n: how many entries to set
3481  *
3482  *	Sets (a subset of the) HW pace table.
3483  */
t4_set_pace_tbl(struct adapter * adap,const unsigned int * pace_vals,unsigned int start,unsigned int n)3484 int t4_set_pace_tbl(struct adapter *adap, const unsigned int *pace_vals,
3485 		     unsigned int start, unsigned int n)
3486 {
3487 	unsigned int vals[NTX_SCHED], i;
3488 	unsigned int tick_ns = dack_ticks_to_usec(adap, 1000);
3489 
3490 	if (n > NTX_SCHED)
3491 	    return -ERANGE;
3492 
3493 	/* convert values from us to dack ticks, rounding to closest value */
3494 	for (i = 0; i < n; i++, pace_vals++) {
3495 		vals[i] = (1000 * *pace_vals + tick_ns / 2) / tick_ns;
3496 		if (vals[i] > 0x7ff)
3497 			return -ERANGE;
3498 		if (*pace_vals && vals[i] == 0)
3499 			return -ERANGE;
3500 	}
3501 	for (i = 0; i < n; i++, start++)
3502 		t4_write_reg(adap, A_TP_PACE_TABLE, (start << 16) | vals[i]);
3503 	return 0;
3504 }
3505 
3506 /**
3507  *	t4_set_sched_bps - set the bit rate for a HW traffic scheduler
3508  *	@adap: the adapter
3509  *	@kbps: target rate in Kbps
3510  *	@sched: the scheduler index
3511  *
3512  *	Configure a Tx HW scheduler for the target rate.
3513  */
t4_set_sched_bps(struct adapter * adap,int sched,unsigned int kbps)3514 int t4_set_sched_bps(struct adapter *adap, int sched, unsigned int kbps)
3515 {
3516 	unsigned int v, tps, cpt, bpt, delta, mindelta = ~0;
3517 	unsigned int clk = adap->params.vpd.cclk * 1000;
3518 	unsigned int selected_cpt = 0, selected_bpt = 0;
3519 
3520 	if (kbps > 0) {
3521 		kbps *= 125;     /* -> bytes */
3522 		for (cpt = 1; cpt <= 255; cpt++) {
3523 			tps = clk / cpt;
3524 			bpt = (kbps + tps / 2) / tps;
3525 			if (bpt > 0 && bpt <= 255) {
3526 				v = bpt * tps;
3527 				delta = v >= kbps ? v - kbps : kbps - v;
3528 				if (delta < mindelta) {
3529 					mindelta = delta;
3530 					selected_cpt = cpt;
3531 					selected_bpt = bpt;
3532 				}
3533 			} else if (selected_cpt)
3534 				break;
3535 		}
3536 		if (!selected_cpt)
3537 			return -EINVAL;
3538 	}
3539 	t4_write_reg(adap, A_TP_TM_PIO_ADDR,
3540 		     A_TP_TX_MOD_Q1_Q0_RATE_LIMIT - sched / 2);
3541 	v = t4_read_reg(adap, A_TP_TM_PIO_DATA);
3542 	if (sched & 1)
3543 		v = (v & 0xffff) | (selected_cpt << 16) | (selected_bpt << 24);
3544 	else
3545 		v = (v & 0xffff0000) | selected_cpt | (selected_bpt << 8);
3546 	t4_write_reg(adap, A_TP_TM_PIO_DATA, v);
3547 	return 0;
3548 }
3549 
3550 /**
3551  *	t4_set_sched_ipg - set the IPG for a Tx HW packet rate scheduler
3552  *	@adap: the adapter
3553  *	@sched: the scheduler index
3554  *	@ipg: the interpacket delay in tenths of nanoseconds
3555  *
3556  *	Set the interpacket delay for a HW packet rate scheduler.
3557  */
t4_set_sched_ipg(struct adapter * adap,int sched,unsigned int ipg)3558 int t4_set_sched_ipg(struct adapter *adap, int sched, unsigned int ipg)
3559 {
3560 	unsigned int v, addr = A_TP_TX_MOD_Q1_Q0_TIMER_SEPARATOR - sched / 2;
3561 
3562 	/* convert ipg to nearest number of core clocks */
3563 	ipg *= core_ticks_per_usec(adap);
3564 	ipg = (ipg + 5000) / 10000;
3565 	if (ipg > M_TXTIMERSEPQ0)
3566 		return -EINVAL;
3567 
3568 	t4_write_reg(adap, A_TP_TM_PIO_ADDR, addr);
3569 	v = t4_read_reg(adap, A_TP_TM_PIO_DATA);
3570 	if (sched & 1)
3571 		v = (v & V_TXTIMERSEPQ0(M_TXTIMERSEPQ0)) | V_TXTIMERSEPQ1(ipg);
3572 	else
3573 		v = (v & V_TXTIMERSEPQ1(M_TXTIMERSEPQ1)) | V_TXTIMERSEPQ0(ipg);
3574 	t4_write_reg(adap, A_TP_TM_PIO_DATA, v);
3575 	t4_read_reg(adap, A_TP_TM_PIO_DATA);
3576 	return 0;
3577 }
3578 
3579 /**
3580  *	t4_get_tx_sched - get the configuration of a Tx HW traffic scheduler
3581  *	@adap: the adapter
3582  *	@sched: the scheduler index
3583  *	@kbps: the byte rate in Kbps
3584  *	@ipg: the interpacket delay in tenths of nanoseconds
3585  *
3586  *	Return the current configuration of a HW Tx scheduler.
3587  */
t4_get_tx_sched(struct adapter * adap,unsigned int sched,unsigned int * kbps,unsigned int * ipg)3588 void t4_get_tx_sched(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int sched, unsigned int *kbps,
3589 		     unsigned int *ipg)
3590 {
3591 	unsigned int v, addr, bpt, cpt;
3592 
3593 	if (kbps) {
3594 		addr = A_TP_TX_MOD_Q1_Q0_RATE_LIMIT - sched / 2;
3595 		t4_write_reg(adap, A_TP_TM_PIO_ADDR, addr);
3596 		v = t4_read_reg(adap, A_TP_TM_PIO_DATA);
3597 		if (sched & 1)
3598 			v >>= 16;
3599 		bpt = (v >> 8) & 0xff;
3600 		cpt = v & 0xff;
3601 		if (!cpt)
3602 			*kbps = 0;        /* scheduler disabled */
3603 		else {
3604 			v = (adap->params.vpd.cclk * 1000) / cpt; /* ticks/s */
3605 			*kbps = (v * bpt) / 125;
3606 		}
3607 	}
3608 	if (ipg) {
3609 		addr = A_TP_TX_MOD_Q1_Q0_TIMER_SEPARATOR - sched / 2;
3610 		t4_write_reg(adap, A_TP_TM_PIO_ADDR, addr);
3611 		v = t4_read_reg(adap, A_TP_TM_PIO_DATA);
3612 		if (sched & 1)
3613 			v >>= 16;
3614 		v &= 0xffff;
3615 		*ipg = (10000 * v) / core_ticks_per_usec(adap);
3616 	}
3617 }
3618 
3619 /*
3620  * Calculates a rate in bytes/s given the number of 256-byte units per 4K core
3621  * clocks.  The formula is
3622  *
3623  * bytes/s = bytes256 * 256 * ClkFreq / 4096
3624  *
3625  * which is equivalent to
3626  *
3627  * bytes/s = 62.5 * bytes256 * ClkFreq_ms
3628  */
chan_rate(struct adapter * adap,unsigned int bytes256)3629 static u64 chan_rate(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int bytes256)
3630 {
3631 	u64 v = bytes256 * adap->params.vpd.cclk;
3632 
3633 	return v * 62 + v / 2;
3634 }
3635 
3636 /**
3637  *	t4_get_chan_txrate - get the current per channel Tx rates
3638  *	@adap: the adapter
3639  *	@nic_rate: rates for NIC traffic
3640  *	@ofld_rate: rates for offloaded traffic
3641  *
3642  *	Return the current Tx rates in bytes/s for NIC and offloaded traffic
3643  *	for each channel.
3644  */
t4_get_chan_txrate(struct adapter * adap,u64 * nic_rate,u64 * ofld_rate)3645 void t4_get_chan_txrate(struct adapter *adap, u64 *nic_rate, u64 *ofld_rate)
3646 {
3647 	u32 v;
3648 
3649 	v = t4_read_reg(adap, A_TP_TX_TRATE);
3650 	nic_rate[0] = chan_rate(adap, G_TNLRATE0(v));
3651 	nic_rate[1] = chan_rate(adap, G_TNLRATE1(v));
3652 	nic_rate[2] = chan_rate(adap, G_TNLRATE2(v));
3653 	nic_rate[3] = chan_rate(adap, G_TNLRATE3(v));
3654 
3655 	v = t4_read_reg(adap, A_TP_TX_ORATE);
3656 	ofld_rate[0] = chan_rate(adap, G_OFDRATE0(v));
3657 	ofld_rate[1] = chan_rate(adap, G_OFDRATE1(v));
3658 	ofld_rate[2] = chan_rate(adap, G_OFDRATE2(v));
3659 	ofld_rate[3] = chan_rate(adap, G_OFDRATE3(v));
3660 }
3661 
3662 /**
3663  *	t4_set_trace_filter - configure one of the tracing filters
3664  *	@adap: the adapter
3665  *	@tp: the desired trace filter parameters
3666  *	@idx: which filter to configure
3667  *	@enable: whether to enable or disable the filter
3668  *
3669  *	Configures one of the tracing filters available in HW.  If @tp is %NULL
3670  *	it indicates that the filter is already written in the register and it
3671  *	just needs to be enabled or disabled.
3672  */
t4_set_trace_filter(struct adapter * adap,const struct trace_params * tp,int idx,int enable)3673 int t4_set_trace_filter(struct adapter *adap, const struct trace_params *tp,
3674     int idx, int enable)
3675 {
3676 	int i, ofst = idx * 4;
3677 	u32 data_reg, mask_reg, cfg;
3678 	u32 multitrc = F_TRCMULTIFILTER;
3679 	u32 en = is_t4(adap) ? F_TFEN : F_T5_TFEN;
3680 
3681 	if (idx < 0 || idx >= NTRACE)
3682 		return -EINVAL;
3683 
3684 	if (tp == NULL || !enable) {
3685 		t4_set_reg_field(adap, A_MPS_TRC_FILTER_MATCH_CTL_A + ofst, en,
3686 		    enable ? en : 0);
3687 		return 0;
3688 	}
3689 
3690 	/*
3691 	 * TODO - After T4 data book is updated, specify the exact
3692 	 * section below.
3693 	 *
3694 	 * See T4 data book - MPS section for a complete description
3695 	 * of the below if..else handling of A_MPS_TRC_CFG register
3696 	 * value.
3697 	 */
3698 	cfg = t4_read_reg(adap, A_MPS_TRC_CFG);
3699 	if (cfg & F_TRCMULTIFILTER) {
3700 		/*
3701 		 * If multiple tracers are enabled, then maximum
3702 		 * capture size is 2.5KB (FIFO size of a single channel)
3703 		 * minus 2 flits for CPL_TRACE_PKT header.
3704 		 */
3705 		if (tp->snap_len > ((10 * 1024 / 4) - (2 * 8)))
3706 			return -EINVAL;
3707 	} else {
3708 		/*
3709 		 * If multiple tracers are disabled, to avoid deadlocks
3710 		 * maximum packet capture size of 9600 bytes is recommended.
3711 		 * Also in this mode, only trace0 can be enabled and running.
3712 		 */
3713 		multitrc = 0;
3714 		if (tp->snap_len > 9600 || idx)
3715 			return -EINVAL;
3716 	}
3717 
3718 	if (tp->port > (is_t4(adap) ? 11 : 19) || tp->invert > 1 ||
3719 	    tp->skip_len > M_TFLENGTH || tp->skip_ofst > M_TFOFFSET ||
3720 	    tp->min_len > M_TFMINPKTSIZE)
3721 		return -EINVAL;
3722 
3723 	/* stop the tracer we'll be changing */
3724 	t4_set_reg_field(adap, A_MPS_TRC_FILTER_MATCH_CTL_A + ofst, en, 0);
3725 
3726 	idx *= (A_MPS_TRC_FILTER1_MATCH - A_MPS_TRC_FILTER0_MATCH);
3727 	data_reg = A_MPS_TRC_FILTER0_MATCH + idx;
3728 	mask_reg = A_MPS_TRC_FILTER0_DONT_CARE + idx;
3729 
3730 	for (i = 0; i < TRACE_LEN / 4; i++, data_reg += 4, mask_reg += 4) {
3731 		t4_write_reg(adap, data_reg, tp->data[i]);
3732 		t4_write_reg(adap, mask_reg, ~tp->mask[i]);
3733 	}
3734 	t4_write_reg(adap, A_MPS_TRC_FILTER_MATCH_CTL_B + ofst,
3735 		     V_TFCAPTUREMAX(tp->snap_len) |
3736 		     V_TFMINPKTSIZE(tp->min_len));
3737 	t4_write_reg(adap, A_MPS_TRC_FILTER_MATCH_CTL_A + ofst,
3738 		     V_TFOFFSET(tp->skip_ofst) | V_TFLENGTH(tp->skip_len) | en |
3739 		     (is_t4(adap) ?
3740 		     V_TFPORT(tp->port) | V_TFINVERTMATCH(tp->invert) :
3741 		     V_T5_TFPORT(tp->port) | V_T5_TFINVERTMATCH(tp->invert)));
3742 
3743 	return 0;
3744 }
3745 
3746 /**
3747  *	t4_get_trace_filter - query one of the tracing filters
3748  *	@adap: the adapter
3749  *	@tp: the current trace filter parameters
3750  *	@idx: which trace filter to query
3751  *	@enabled: non-zero if the filter is enabled
3752  *
3753  *	Returns the current settings of one of the HW tracing filters.
3754  */
t4_get_trace_filter(struct adapter * adap,struct trace_params * tp,int idx,int * enabled)3755 void t4_get_trace_filter(struct adapter *adap, struct trace_params *tp, int idx,
3756 			 int *enabled)
3757 {
3758 	u32 ctla, ctlb;
3759 	int i, ofst = idx * 4;
3760 	u32 data_reg, mask_reg;
3761 
3762 	ctla = t4_read_reg(adap, A_MPS_TRC_FILTER_MATCH_CTL_A + ofst);
3763 	ctlb = t4_read_reg(adap, A_MPS_TRC_FILTER_MATCH_CTL_B + ofst);
3764 
3765 	if (is_t4(adap)) {
3766 		*enabled = !!(ctla & F_TFEN);
3767 		tp->port =  G_TFPORT(ctla);
3768 		tp->invert = !!(ctla & F_TFINVERTMATCH);
3769 	} else {
3770 		*enabled = !!(ctla & F_T5_TFEN);
3771 		tp->port = G_T5_TFPORT(ctla);
3772 		tp->invert = !!(ctla & F_T5_TFINVERTMATCH);
3773 	}
3774 	tp->snap_len = G_TFCAPTUREMAX(ctlb);
3775 	tp->min_len = G_TFMINPKTSIZE(ctlb);
3776 	tp->skip_ofst = G_TFOFFSET(ctla);
3777 	tp->skip_len = G_TFLENGTH(ctla);
3778 
3779 	ofst = (A_MPS_TRC_FILTER1_MATCH - A_MPS_TRC_FILTER0_MATCH) * idx;
3780 	data_reg = A_MPS_TRC_FILTER0_MATCH + ofst;
3781 	mask_reg = A_MPS_TRC_FILTER0_DONT_CARE + ofst;
3782 
3783 	for (i = 0; i < TRACE_LEN / 4; i++, data_reg += 4, mask_reg += 4) {
3784 		tp->mask[i] = ~t4_read_reg(adap, mask_reg);
3785 		tp->data[i] = t4_read_reg(adap, data_reg) & tp->mask[i];
3786 	}
3787 }
3788 
3789 /**
3790  *	t4_pmtx_get_stats - returns the HW stats from PMTX
3791  *	@adap: the adapter
3792  *	@cnt: where to store the count statistics
3793  *	@cycles: where to store the cycle statistics
3794  *
3795  *	Returns performance statistics from PMTX.
3796  */
t4_pmtx_get_stats(struct adapter * adap,u32 cnt[],u64 cycles[])3797 void t4_pmtx_get_stats(struct adapter *adap, u32 cnt[], u64 cycles[])
3798 {
3799 	int i;
3800 	u32 data[2];
3801 
3802 	for (i = 0; i < PM_NSTATS; i++) {
3803 		t4_write_reg(adap, A_PM_TX_STAT_CONFIG, i + 1);
3804 		cnt[i] = t4_read_reg(adap, A_PM_TX_STAT_COUNT);
3805 		if (is_t4(adap))
3806 			cycles[i] = t4_read_reg64(adap, A_PM_TX_STAT_LSB);
3807 		else {
3808 			t4_read_indirect(adap, A_PM_TX_DBG_CTRL,
3809 					 A_PM_TX_DBG_DATA, data, 2,
3810 					 A_PM_TX_DBG_STAT_MSB);
3811 			cycles[i] = (((u64)data[0] << 32) | data[1]);
3812 		}
3813 	}
3814 }
3815 
3816 /**
3817  *	t4_pmrx_get_stats - returns the HW stats from PMRX
3818  *	@adap: the adapter
3819  *	@cnt: where to store the count statistics
3820  *	@cycles: where to store the cycle statistics
3821  *
3822  *	Returns performance statistics from PMRX.
3823  */
t4_pmrx_get_stats(struct adapter * adap,u32 cnt[],u64 cycles[])3824 void t4_pmrx_get_stats(struct adapter *adap, u32 cnt[], u64 cycles[])
3825 {
3826 	int i;
3827 	u32 data[2];
3828 
3829 	for (i = 0; i < PM_NSTATS; i++) {
3830 		t4_write_reg(adap, A_PM_RX_STAT_CONFIG, i + 1);
3831 		cnt[i] = t4_read_reg(adap, A_PM_RX_STAT_COUNT);
3832 		if (is_t4(adap))
3833 			cycles[i] = t4_read_reg64(adap, A_PM_RX_STAT_LSB);
3834 		else {
3835 			t4_read_indirect(adap, A_PM_RX_DBG_CTRL,
3836 					 A_PM_RX_DBG_DATA, data, 2,
3837 					 A_PM_RX_DBG_STAT_MSB);
3838 			cycles[i] = (((u64)data[0] << 32) | data[1]);
3839 		}
3840 	}
3841 }
3842 
3843 /**
3844  *	get_mps_bg_map - return the buffer groups associated with a port
3845  *	@adap: the adapter
3846  *	@idx: the port index
3847  *
3848  *	Returns a bitmap indicating which MPS buffer groups are associated
3849  *	with the given port.  Bit i is set if buffer group i is used by the
3850  *	port.
3851  */
get_mps_bg_map(struct adapter * adap,int idx)3852 static unsigned int get_mps_bg_map(struct adapter *adap, int idx)
3853 {
3854 	u32 n = G_NUMPORTS(t4_read_reg(adap, A_MPS_CMN_CTL));
3855 
3856 	if (n == 0)
3857 		return idx == 0 ? 0xf : 0;
3858 	if (n == 1)
3859 		return idx < 2 ? (3 << (2 * idx)) : 0;
3860 	return 1 << idx;
3861 }
3862 
3863 /**
3864  *      t4_get_port_stats_offset - collect port stats relative to a previous
3865  *                                 snapshot
3866  *      @adap: The adapter
3867  *      @idx: The port
3868  *      @stats: Current stats to fill
3869  *      @offset: Previous stats snapshot
3870  */
t4_get_port_stats_offset(struct adapter * adap,int idx,struct port_stats * stats,struct port_stats * offset)3871 void t4_get_port_stats_offset(struct adapter *adap, int idx,
3872 		struct port_stats *stats,
3873 		struct port_stats *offset)
3874 {
3875 	u64 *s, *o;
3876 	int i;
3877 
3878 	t4_get_port_stats(adap, idx, stats);
3879 	for (i = 0, s = (u64 *)stats, o = (u64 *)offset ;
3880 			i < (sizeof(struct port_stats)/sizeof(u64)) ;
3881 			i++, s++, o++)
3882 		*s -= *o;
3883 }
3884 
3885 /**
3886  *	t4_get_port_stats - collect port statistics
3887  *	@adap: the adapter
3888  *	@idx: the port index
3889  *	@p: the stats structure to fill
3890  *
3891  *	Collect statistics related to the given port from HW.
3892  */
t4_get_port_stats(struct adapter * adap,int idx,struct port_stats * p)3893 void t4_get_port_stats(struct adapter *adap, int idx, struct port_stats *p)
3894 {
3895 	u32 bgmap = get_mps_bg_map(adap, idx);
3896 
3897 #define GET_STAT(name) \
3898 	t4_read_reg64(adap, \
3899 	(is_t4(adap) ? PORT_REG(idx, A_MPS_PORT_STAT_##name##_L) : \
3900 	T5_PORT_REG(idx, A_MPS_PORT_STAT_##name##_L)))
3901 #define GET_STAT_COM(name) t4_read_reg64(adap, A_MPS_STAT_##name##_L)
3902 
3903 	p->tx_pause            = GET_STAT(TX_PORT_PAUSE);
3904 	p->tx_octets           = GET_STAT(TX_PORT_BYTES);
3905 	p->tx_frames           = GET_STAT(TX_PORT_FRAMES);
3906 	p->tx_bcast_frames     = GET_STAT(TX_PORT_BCAST);
3907 	p->tx_mcast_frames     = GET_STAT(TX_PORT_MCAST);
3908 	p->tx_ucast_frames     = GET_STAT(TX_PORT_UCAST);
3909 	p->tx_error_frames     = GET_STAT(TX_PORT_ERROR);
3910 	p->tx_frames_64        = GET_STAT(TX_PORT_64B);
3911 	p->tx_frames_65_127    = GET_STAT(TX_PORT_65B_127B);
3912 	p->tx_frames_128_255   = GET_STAT(TX_PORT_128B_255B);
3913 	p->tx_frames_256_511   = GET_STAT(TX_PORT_256B_511B);
3914 	p->tx_frames_512_1023  = GET_STAT(TX_PORT_512B_1023B);
3915 	p->tx_frames_1024_1518 = GET_STAT(TX_PORT_1024B_1518B);
3916 	p->tx_frames_1519_max  = GET_STAT(TX_PORT_1519B_MAX);
3917 	p->tx_drop             = GET_STAT(TX_PORT_DROP);
3918 	p->tx_ppp0             = GET_STAT(TX_PORT_PPP0);
3919 	p->tx_ppp1             = GET_STAT(TX_PORT_PPP1);
3920 	p->tx_ppp2             = GET_STAT(TX_PORT_PPP2);
3921 	p->tx_ppp3             = GET_STAT(TX_PORT_PPP3);
3922 	p->tx_ppp4             = GET_STAT(TX_PORT_PPP4);
3923 	p->tx_ppp5             = GET_STAT(TX_PORT_PPP5);
3924 	p->tx_ppp6             = GET_STAT(TX_PORT_PPP6);
3925 	p->tx_ppp7             = GET_STAT(TX_PORT_PPP7);
3926 
3927 	p->rx_pause            = GET_STAT(RX_PORT_PAUSE);
3928 	p->rx_octets           = GET_STAT(RX_PORT_BYTES);
3929 	p->rx_frames           = GET_STAT(RX_PORT_FRAMES);
3930 	p->rx_bcast_frames     = GET_STAT(RX_PORT_BCAST);
3931 	p->rx_mcast_frames     = GET_STAT(RX_PORT_MCAST);
3932 	p->rx_ucast_frames     = GET_STAT(RX_PORT_UCAST);
3933 	p->rx_too_long         = GET_STAT(RX_PORT_MTU_ERROR);
3934 	p->rx_jabber           = GET_STAT(RX_PORT_MTU_CRC_ERROR);
3935 	p->rx_fcs_err          = GET_STAT(RX_PORT_CRC_ERROR);
3936 	p->rx_len_err          = GET_STAT(RX_PORT_LEN_ERROR);
3937 	p->rx_symbol_err       = GET_STAT(RX_PORT_SYM_ERROR);
3938 	p->rx_runt             = GET_STAT(RX_PORT_LESS_64B);
3939 	p->rx_frames_64        = GET_STAT(RX_PORT_64B);
3940 	p->rx_frames_65_127    = GET_STAT(RX_PORT_65B_127B);
3941 	p->rx_frames_128_255   = GET_STAT(RX_PORT_128B_255B);
3942 	p->rx_frames_256_511   = GET_STAT(RX_PORT_256B_511B);
3943 	p->rx_frames_512_1023  = GET_STAT(RX_PORT_512B_1023B);
3944 	p->rx_frames_1024_1518 = GET_STAT(RX_PORT_1024B_1518B);
3945 	p->rx_frames_1519_max  = GET_STAT(RX_PORT_1519B_MAX);
3946 	p->rx_ppp0             = GET_STAT(RX_PORT_PPP0);
3947 	p->rx_ppp1             = GET_STAT(RX_PORT_PPP1);
3948 	p->rx_ppp2             = GET_STAT(RX_PORT_PPP2);
3949 	p->rx_ppp3             = GET_STAT(RX_PORT_PPP3);
3950 	p->rx_ppp4             = GET_STAT(RX_PORT_PPP4);
3951 	p->rx_ppp5             = GET_STAT(RX_PORT_PPP5);
3952 	p->rx_ppp6             = GET_STAT(RX_PORT_PPP6);
3953 	p->rx_ppp7             = GET_STAT(RX_PORT_PPP7);
3954 
3955 	p->rx_ovflow0 = (bgmap & 1) ? GET_STAT_COM(RX_BG_0_MAC_DROP_FRAME) : 0;
3956 	p->rx_ovflow1 = (bgmap & 2) ? GET_STAT_COM(RX_BG_1_MAC_DROP_FRAME) : 0;
3957 	p->rx_ovflow2 = (bgmap & 4) ? GET_STAT_COM(RX_BG_2_MAC_DROP_FRAME) : 0;
3958 	p->rx_ovflow3 = (bgmap & 8) ? GET_STAT_COM(RX_BG_3_MAC_DROP_FRAME) : 0;
3959 	p->rx_trunc0 = (bgmap & 1) ? GET_STAT_COM(RX_BG_0_MAC_TRUNC_FRAME) : 0;
3960 	p->rx_trunc1 = (bgmap & 2) ? GET_STAT_COM(RX_BG_1_MAC_TRUNC_FRAME) : 0;
3961 	p->rx_trunc2 = (bgmap & 4) ? GET_STAT_COM(RX_BG_2_MAC_TRUNC_FRAME) : 0;
3962 	p->rx_trunc3 = (bgmap & 8) ? GET_STAT_COM(RX_BG_3_MAC_TRUNC_FRAME) : 0;
3963 
3964 #undef GET_STAT
3965 #undef GET_STAT_COM
3966 }
3967 
3968 /**
3969  *	t4_clr_port_stats - clear port statistics
3970  *	@adap: the adapter
3971  *	@idx: the port index
3972  *
3973  *	Clear HW statistics for the given port.
3974  */
t4_clr_port_stats(struct adapter * adap,int idx)3975 void t4_clr_port_stats(struct adapter *adap, int idx)
3976 {
3977 	unsigned int i;
3978 	u32 bgmap = get_mps_bg_map(adap, idx);
3979 	u32 port_base_addr;
3980 
3981 	if (is_t4(adap))
3982 		port_base_addr = PORT_BASE(idx);
3983 	else
3984 		port_base_addr = T5_PORT_BASE(idx);
3985 
3986 	for (i = A_MPS_PORT_STAT_TX_PORT_BYTES_L;
3987 			i <= A_MPS_PORT_STAT_TX_PORT_PPP7_H; i += 8)
3988 		t4_write_reg(adap, port_base_addr + i, 0);
3989 	for (i = A_MPS_PORT_STAT_RX_PORT_BYTES_L;
3990 			i <= A_MPS_PORT_STAT_RX_PORT_LESS_64B_H; i += 8)
3991 		t4_write_reg(adap, port_base_addr + i, 0);
3992 	for (i = 0; i < 4; i++)
3993 		if (bgmap & (1 << i)) {
3994 			t4_write_reg(adap,
3995 				A_MPS_STAT_RX_BG_0_MAC_DROP_FRAME_L + i * 8, 0);
3996 			t4_write_reg(adap,
3997 				A_MPS_STAT_RX_BG_0_MAC_TRUNC_FRAME_L + i * 8, 0);
3998 		}
3999 }
4000 
4001 /**
4002  *	t4_get_lb_stats - collect loopback port statistics
4003  *	@adap: the adapter
4004  *	@idx: the loopback port index
4005  *	@p: the stats structure to fill
4006  *
4007  *	Return HW statistics for the given loopback port.
4008  */
t4_get_lb_stats(struct adapter * adap,int idx,struct lb_port_stats * p)4009 void t4_get_lb_stats(struct adapter *adap, int idx, struct lb_port_stats *p)
4010 {
4011 	u32 bgmap = get_mps_bg_map(adap, idx);
4012 
4013 #define GET_STAT(name) \
4014 	t4_read_reg64(adap, \
4015 	(is_t4(adap) ? \
4016 	PORT_REG(idx, A_MPS_PORT_STAT_LB_PORT_##name##_L) : \
4017 	T5_PORT_REG(idx, A_MPS_PORT_STAT_LB_PORT_##name##_L)))
4018 #define GET_STAT_COM(name) t4_read_reg64(adap, A_MPS_STAT_##name##_L)
4019 
4020 	p->octets           = GET_STAT(BYTES);
4021 	p->frames           = GET_STAT(FRAMES);
4022 	p->bcast_frames     = GET_STAT(BCAST);
4023 	p->mcast_frames     = GET_STAT(MCAST);
4024 	p->ucast_frames     = GET_STAT(UCAST);
4025 	p->error_frames     = GET_STAT(ERROR);
4026 
4027 	p->frames_64        = GET_STAT(64B);
4028 	p->frames_65_127    = GET_STAT(65B_127B);
4029 	p->frames_128_255   = GET_STAT(128B_255B);
4030 	p->frames_256_511   = GET_STAT(256B_511B);
4031 	p->frames_512_1023  = GET_STAT(512B_1023B);
4032 	p->frames_1024_1518 = GET_STAT(1024B_1518B);
4033 	p->frames_1519_max  = GET_STAT(1519B_MAX);
4034 	p->drop             = GET_STAT(DROP_FRAMES);
4035 
4036 	p->ovflow0 = (bgmap & 1) ? GET_STAT_COM(RX_BG_0_LB_DROP_FRAME) : 0;
4037 	p->ovflow1 = (bgmap & 2) ? GET_STAT_COM(RX_BG_1_LB_DROP_FRAME) : 0;
4038 	p->ovflow2 = (bgmap & 4) ? GET_STAT_COM(RX_BG_2_LB_DROP_FRAME) : 0;
4039 	p->ovflow3 = (bgmap & 8) ? GET_STAT_COM(RX_BG_3_LB_DROP_FRAME) : 0;
4040 	p->trunc0 = (bgmap & 1) ? GET_STAT_COM(RX_BG_0_LB_TRUNC_FRAME) : 0;
4041 	p->trunc1 = (bgmap & 2) ? GET_STAT_COM(RX_BG_1_LB_TRUNC_FRAME) : 0;
4042 	p->trunc2 = (bgmap & 4) ? GET_STAT_COM(RX_BG_2_LB_TRUNC_FRAME) : 0;
4043 	p->trunc3 = (bgmap & 8) ? GET_STAT_COM(RX_BG_3_LB_TRUNC_FRAME) : 0;
4044 
4045 #undef GET_STAT
4046 #undef GET_STAT_COM
4047 }
4048 
4049 /**
4050  *	t4_wol_magic_enable - enable/disable magic packet WoL
4051  *	@adap: the adapter
4052  *	@port: the physical port index
4053  *	@addr: MAC address expected in magic packets, %NULL to disable
4054  *
4055  *	Enables/disables magic packet wake-on-LAN for the selected port.
4056  */
t4_wol_magic_enable(struct adapter * adap,unsigned int port,const u8 * addr)4057 void t4_wol_magic_enable(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int port,
4058 			 const u8 *addr)
4059 {
4060 	u32 mag_id_reg_l, mag_id_reg_h, port_cfg_reg;
4061 
4062 	if (is_t4(adap)) {
4063 		mag_id_reg_l = PORT_REG(port, A_XGMAC_PORT_MAGIC_MACID_LO);
4064 		mag_id_reg_h = PORT_REG(port, A_XGMAC_PORT_MAGIC_MACID_HI);
4065 		port_cfg_reg = PORT_REG(port, A_XGMAC_PORT_CFG2);
4066 	} else {
4067 		mag_id_reg_l = T5_PORT_REG(port, A_MAC_PORT_MAGIC_MACID_LO);
4068 		mag_id_reg_h = T5_PORT_REG(port, A_MAC_PORT_MAGIC_MACID_HI);
4069 		port_cfg_reg = T5_PORT_REG(port, A_MAC_PORT_CFG2);
4070 	}
4071 
4072 	if (addr) {
4073 		t4_write_reg(adap, mag_id_reg_l,
4074 			     (addr[2] << 24) | (addr[3] << 16) |
4075 			     (addr[4] << 8) | addr[5]);
4076 		t4_write_reg(adap, mag_id_reg_h,
4077 			     (addr[0] << 8) | addr[1]);
4078 	}
4079 	t4_set_reg_field(adap, port_cfg_reg, F_MAGICEN,
4080 			 V_MAGICEN(addr != NULL));
4081 }
4082 
4083 /**
4084  *	t4_wol_pat_enable - enable/disable pattern-based WoL
4085  *	@adap: the adapter
4086  *	@port: the physical port index
4087  *	@map: bitmap of which HW pattern filters to set
4088  *	@mask0: byte mask for bytes 0-63 of a packet
4089  *	@mask1: byte mask for bytes 64-127 of a packet
4090  *	@crc: Ethernet CRC for selected bytes
4091  *	@enable: enable/disable switch
4092  *
4093  *	Sets the pattern filters indicated in @map to mask out the bytes
4094  *	specified in @mask0/@mask1 in received packets and compare the CRC of
4095  *	the resulting packet against @crc.  If @enable is %true pattern-based
4096  *	WoL is enabled, otherwise disabled.
4097  */
t4_wol_pat_enable(struct adapter * adap,unsigned int port,unsigned int map,u64 mask0,u64 mask1,unsigned int crc,bool enable)4098 int t4_wol_pat_enable(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int port, unsigned int map,
4099 		      u64 mask0, u64 mask1, unsigned int crc, bool enable)
4100 {
4101 	int i;
4102 	u32 port_cfg_reg;
4103 
4104 	if (is_t4(adap))
4105 		port_cfg_reg = PORT_REG(port, A_XGMAC_PORT_CFG2);
4106 	else
4107 		port_cfg_reg = T5_PORT_REG(port, A_MAC_PORT_CFG2);
4108 
4109 	if (!enable) {
4110 		t4_set_reg_field(adap, port_cfg_reg, F_PATEN, 0);
4111 		return 0;
4112 	}
4113 	if (map > 0xff)
4114 		return -EINVAL;
4115 
4116 #define EPIO_REG(name) \
4117 	(is_t4(adap) ? PORT_REG(port, A_XGMAC_PORT_EPIO_##name) : \
4118 	T5_PORT_REG(port, A_MAC_PORT_EPIO_##name))
4119 
4120 	t4_write_reg(adap, EPIO_REG(DATA1), mask0 >> 32);
4121 	t4_write_reg(adap, EPIO_REG(DATA2), mask1);
4122 	t4_write_reg(adap, EPIO_REG(DATA3), mask1 >> 32);
4123 
4124 	for (i = 0; i < NWOL_PAT; i++, map >>= 1) {
4125 		if (!(map & 1))
4126 			continue;
4127 
4128 		/* write byte masks */
4129 		t4_write_reg(adap, EPIO_REG(DATA0), mask0);
4130 		t4_write_reg(adap, EPIO_REG(OP), V_ADDRESS(i) | F_EPIOWR);
4131 		t4_read_reg(adap, EPIO_REG(OP));                /* flush */
4132 		if (t4_read_reg(adap, EPIO_REG(OP)) & F_BUSY)
4133 			return -ETIMEDOUT;
4134 
4135 		/* write CRC */
4136 		t4_write_reg(adap, EPIO_REG(DATA0), crc);
4137 		t4_write_reg(adap, EPIO_REG(OP), V_ADDRESS(i + 32) | F_EPIOWR);
4138 		t4_read_reg(adap, EPIO_REG(OP));                /* flush */
4139 		if (t4_read_reg(adap, EPIO_REG(OP)) & F_BUSY)
4140 			return -ETIMEDOUT;
4141 	}
4142 #undef EPIO_REG
4143 
4144 	t4_set_reg_field(adap, port_cfg_reg, 0, F_PATEN);
4145 	return 0;
4146 }
4147 
4148 /**
4149  *	t4_mk_filtdelwr - create a delete filter WR
4150  *	@ftid: the filter ID
4151  *	@wr: the filter work request to populate
4152  *	@qid: ingress queue to receive the delete notification
4153  *
4154  *	Creates a filter work request to delete the supplied filter.  If @qid is
4155  *	negative the delete notification is suppressed.
4156  */
t4_mk_filtdelwr(unsigned int ftid,struct fw_filter_wr * wr,int qid)4157 void t4_mk_filtdelwr(unsigned int ftid, struct fw_filter_wr *wr, int qid)
4158 {
4159 	memset(wr, 0, sizeof(*wr));
4160 	wr->op_pkd = htonl(V_FW_WR_OP(FW_FILTER_WR));
4161 	wr->len16_pkd = htonl(V_FW_WR_LEN16(sizeof(*wr) / 16));
4162 	wr->tid_to_iq = htonl(V_FW_FILTER_WR_TID(ftid) |
4163 			      V_FW_FILTER_WR_NOREPLY(qid < 0));
4164 	wr->del_filter_to_l2tix = htonl(F_FW_FILTER_WR_DEL_FILTER);
4165 	if (qid >= 0)
4166 		wr->rx_chan_rx_rpl_iq = htons(V_FW_FILTER_WR_RX_RPL_IQ(qid));
4167 }
4168 
4169 #define INIT_CMD(var, cmd, rd_wr) do { \
4170 	(var).op_to_write = htonl(V_FW_CMD_OP(FW_##cmd##_CMD) | \
4171 				  F_FW_CMD_REQUEST | F_FW_CMD_##rd_wr); \
4172 	(var).retval_len16 = htonl(FW_LEN16(var)); \
4173 } while (0)
4174 
t4_fwaddrspace_write(struct adapter * adap,unsigned int mbox,u32 addr,u32 val)4175 int t4_fwaddrspace_write(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int mbox, u32 addr, u32 val)
4176 {
4177 	struct fw_ldst_cmd c;
4178 
4179 	memset(&c, 0, sizeof(c));
4180 	c.op_to_addrspace = htonl(V_FW_CMD_OP(FW_LDST_CMD) | F_FW_CMD_REQUEST |
4181 		F_FW_CMD_WRITE | V_FW_LDST_CMD_ADDRSPACE(FW_LDST_ADDRSPC_FIRMWARE));
4182 	c.cycles_to_len16 = htonl(FW_LEN16(c));
4183 	c.u.addrval.addr = htonl(addr);
4184 	c.u.addrval.val = htonl(val);
4185 
4186 	return t4_wr_mbox(adap, mbox, &c, sizeof(c), NULL);
4187 }
4188 
4189 /**
4190  *	t4_mdio_rd - read a PHY register through MDIO
4191  *	@adap: the adapter
4192  *	@mbox: mailbox to use for the FW command
4193  *	@phy_addr: the PHY address
4194  *	@mmd: the PHY MMD to access (0 for clause 22 PHYs)
4195  *	@reg: the register to read
4196  *	@valp: where to store the value
4197  *
4198  *	Issues a FW command through the given mailbox to read a PHY register.
4199  */
t4_mdio_rd(struct adapter * adap,unsigned int mbox,unsigned int phy_addr,unsigned int mmd,unsigned int reg,unsigned int * valp)4200 int t4_mdio_rd(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int mbox, unsigned int phy_addr,
4201 	       unsigned int mmd, unsigned int reg, unsigned int *valp)
4202 {
4203 	int ret;
4204 	struct fw_ldst_cmd c;
4205 
4206 	memset(&c, 0, sizeof(c));
4207 	c.op_to_addrspace = htonl(V_FW_CMD_OP(FW_LDST_CMD) | F_FW_CMD_REQUEST |
4208 		F_FW_CMD_READ | V_FW_LDST_CMD_ADDRSPACE(FW_LDST_ADDRSPC_MDIO));
4209 	c.cycles_to_len16 = htonl(FW_LEN16(c));
4210 	c.u.mdio.paddr_mmd = htons(V_FW_LDST_CMD_PADDR(phy_addr) |
4211 				   V_FW_LDST_CMD_MMD(mmd));
4212 	c.u.mdio.raddr = htons(reg);
4213 
4214 	ret = t4_wr_mbox(adap, mbox, &c, sizeof(c), &c);
4215 	if (ret == 0)
4216 		*valp = ntohs(c.u.mdio.rval);
4217 	return ret;
4218 }
4219 
4220 /**
4221  *	t4_mdio_wr - write a PHY register through MDIO
4222  *	@adap: the adapter
4223  *	@mbox: mailbox to use for the FW command
4224  *	@phy_addr: the PHY address
4225  *	@mmd: the PHY MMD to access (0 for clause 22 PHYs)
4226  *	@reg: the register to write
4227  *	@valp: value to write
4228  *
4229  *	Issues a FW command through the given mailbox to write a PHY register.
4230  */
t4_mdio_wr(struct adapter * adap,unsigned int mbox,unsigned int phy_addr,unsigned int mmd,unsigned int reg,unsigned int val)4231 int t4_mdio_wr(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int mbox, unsigned int phy_addr,
4232 	       unsigned int mmd, unsigned int reg, unsigned int val)
4233 {
4234 	struct fw_ldst_cmd c;
4235 
4236 	memset(&c, 0, sizeof(c));
4237 	c.op_to_addrspace = htonl(V_FW_CMD_OP(FW_LDST_CMD) | F_FW_CMD_REQUEST |
4238 		F_FW_CMD_WRITE | V_FW_LDST_CMD_ADDRSPACE(FW_LDST_ADDRSPC_MDIO));
4239 	c.cycles_to_len16 = htonl(FW_LEN16(c));
4240 	c.u.mdio.paddr_mmd = htons(V_FW_LDST_CMD_PADDR(phy_addr) |
4241 				   V_FW_LDST_CMD_MMD(mmd));
4242 	c.u.mdio.raddr = htons(reg);
4243 	c.u.mdio.rval = htons(val);
4244 
4245 	return t4_wr_mbox(adap, mbox, &c, sizeof(c), NULL);
4246 }
4247 
4248 /**
4249  *	t4_i2c_rd - read I2C data from adapter
4250  *	@adap: the adapter
4251  *	@port: Port number if per-port device; <0 if not
4252  *	@devid: per-port device ID or absolute device ID
4253  *	@offset: byte offset into device I2C space
4254  *	@len: byte length of I2C space data
4255  *	@buf: buffer in which to return I2C data
4256  *
4257  *	Reads the I2C data from the indicated device and location.
4258  */
t4_i2c_rd(struct adapter * adap,unsigned int mbox,int port,unsigned int devid,unsigned int offset,unsigned int len,u8 * buf)4259 int t4_i2c_rd(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int mbox,
4260 	      int port, unsigned int devid,
4261 	      unsigned int offset, unsigned int len,
4262 	      u8 *buf)
4263 {
4264 	struct fw_ldst_cmd ldst;
4265 	int ret;
4266 
4267 	if (port >= 4 ||
4268 	    devid >= 256 ||
4269 	    offset >= 256 ||
4270 	    len > sizeof ldst.u.i2c.data)
4271 		return -EINVAL;
4272 
4273 	memset(&ldst, 0, sizeof ldst);
4274 	ldst.op_to_addrspace =
4275 		cpu_to_be32(V_FW_CMD_OP(FW_LDST_CMD) |
4276 			    F_FW_CMD_REQUEST |
4277 			    F_FW_CMD_READ |
4278 			    V_FW_LDST_CMD_ADDRSPACE(FW_LDST_ADDRSPC_I2C));
4279 	ldst.cycles_to_len16 = cpu_to_be32(FW_LEN16(ldst));
4280 	ldst.u.i2c.pid = (port < 0 ? 0xff : port);
4281 	ldst.u.i2c.did = devid;
4282 	ldst.u.i2c.boffset = offset;
4283 	ldst.u.i2c.blen = len;
4284 	ret = t4_wr_mbox(adap, mbox, &ldst, sizeof ldst, &ldst);
4285 	if (!ret)
4286 		memcpy(buf, ldst.u.i2c.data, len);
4287 	return ret;
4288 }
4289 
4290 /**
4291  *	t4_i2c_wr - write I2C data to adapter
4292  *	@adap: the adapter
4293  *	@port: Port number if per-port device; <0 if not
4294  *	@devid: per-port device ID or absolute device ID
4295  *	@offset: byte offset into device I2C space
4296  *	@len: byte length of I2C space data
4297  *	@buf: buffer containing new I2C data
4298  *
4299  *	Write the I2C data to the indicated device and location.
4300  */
t4_i2c_wr(struct adapter * adap,unsigned int mbox,int port,unsigned int devid,unsigned int offset,unsigned int len,u8 * buf)4301 int t4_i2c_wr(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int mbox,
4302 	      int port, unsigned int devid,
4303 	      unsigned int offset, unsigned int len,
4304 	      u8 *buf)
4305 {
4306 	struct fw_ldst_cmd ldst;
4307 
4308 	if (port >= 4 ||
4309 	    devid >= 256 ||
4310 	    offset >= 256 ||
4311 	    len > sizeof ldst.u.i2c.data)
4312 		return -EINVAL;
4313 
4314 	memset(&ldst, 0, sizeof ldst);
4315 	ldst.op_to_addrspace =
4316 		cpu_to_be32(V_FW_CMD_OP(FW_LDST_CMD) |
4317 			    F_FW_CMD_REQUEST |
4318 			    F_FW_CMD_WRITE |
4319 			    V_FW_LDST_CMD_ADDRSPACE(FW_LDST_ADDRSPC_I2C));
4320 	ldst.cycles_to_len16 = cpu_to_be32(FW_LEN16(ldst));
4321 	ldst.u.i2c.pid = (port < 0 ? 0xff : port);
4322 	ldst.u.i2c.did = devid;
4323 	ldst.u.i2c.boffset = offset;
4324 	ldst.u.i2c.blen = len;
4325 	memcpy(ldst.u.i2c.data, buf, len);
4326 	return t4_wr_mbox(adap, mbox, &ldst, sizeof ldst, &ldst);
4327 }
4328 
4329 /**
4330  *	t4_sge_ctxt_flush - flush the SGE context cache
4331  *	@adap: the adapter
4332  *	@mbox: mailbox to use for the FW command
4333  *
4334  *	Issues a FW command through the given mailbox to flush the
4335  *	SGE context cache.
4336  */
t4_sge_ctxt_flush(struct adapter * adap,unsigned int mbox)4337 int t4_sge_ctxt_flush(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int mbox)
4338 {
4339 	int ret;
4340 	struct fw_ldst_cmd c;
4341 
4342 	memset(&c, 0, sizeof(c));
4343 	c.op_to_addrspace = htonl(V_FW_CMD_OP(FW_LDST_CMD) | F_FW_CMD_REQUEST |
4344 			F_FW_CMD_READ |
4345 			V_FW_LDST_CMD_ADDRSPACE(FW_LDST_ADDRSPC_SGE_EGRC));
4346 	c.cycles_to_len16 = htonl(FW_LEN16(c));
4347 	c.u.idctxt.msg_ctxtflush = htonl(F_FW_LDST_CMD_CTXTFLUSH);
4348 
4349 	ret = t4_wr_mbox(adap, mbox, &c, sizeof(c), &c);
4350 	return ret;
4351 }
4352 
4353 /**
4354  *	t4_sge_ctxt_rd - read an SGE context through FW
4355  *	@adap: the adapter
4356  *	@mbox: mailbox to use for the FW command
4357  *	@cid: the context id
4358  *	@ctype: the context type
4359  *	@data: where to store the context data
4360  *
4361  *	Issues a FW command through the given mailbox to read an SGE context.
4362  */
t4_sge_ctxt_rd(struct adapter * adap,unsigned int mbox,unsigned int cid,enum ctxt_type ctype,u32 * data)4363 int t4_sge_ctxt_rd(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int mbox, unsigned int cid,
4364 		   enum ctxt_type ctype, u32 *data)
4365 {
4366 	int ret;
4367 	struct fw_ldst_cmd c;
4368 
4369 	if (ctype == CTXT_EGRESS)
4370 		ret = FW_LDST_ADDRSPC_SGE_EGRC;
4371 	else if (ctype == CTXT_INGRESS)
4372 		ret = FW_LDST_ADDRSPC_SGE_INGC;
4373 	else if (ctype == CTXT_FLM)
4374 		ret = FW_LDST_ADDRSPC_SGE_FLMC;
4375 	else
4376 		ret = FW_LDST_ADDRSPC_SGE_CONMC;
4377 
4378 	memset(&c, 0, sizeof(c));
4379 	c.op_to_addrspace = htonl(V_FW_CMD_OP(FW_LDST_CMD) | F_FW_CMD_REQUEST |
4380 				  F_FW_CMD_READ | V_FW_LDST_CMD_ADDRSPACE(ret));
4381 	c.cycles_to_len16 = htonl(FW_LEN16(c));
4382 	c.u.idctxt.physid = htonl(cid);
4383 
4384 	ret = t4_wr_mbox(adap, mbox, &c, sizeof(c), &c);
4385 	if (ret == 0) {
4386 		data[0] = ntohl(c.u.idctxt.ctxt_data0);
4387 		data[1] = ntohl(c.u.idctxt.ctxt_data1);
4388 		data[2] = ntohl(c.u.idctxt.ctxt_data2);
4389 		data[3] = ntohl(c.u.idctxt.ctxt_data3);
4390 		data[4] = ntohl(c.u.idctxt.ctxt_data4);
4391 		data[5] = ntohl(c.u.idctxt.ctxt_data5);
4392 	}
4393 	return ret;
4394 }
4395 
4396 /**
4397  *	t4_sge_ctxt_rd_bd - read an SGE context bypassing FW
4398  *	@adap: the adapter
4399  *	@cid: the context id
4400  *	@ctype: the context type
4401  *	@data: where to store the context data
4402  *
4403  *	Reads an SGE context directly, bypassing FW.  This is only for
4404  *	debugging when FW is unavailable.
4405  */
t4_sge_ctxt_rd_bd(struct adapter * adap,unsigned int cid,enum ctxt_type ctype,u32 * data)4406 int t4_sge_ctxt_rd_bd(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int cid, enum ctxt_type ctype,
4407 		      u32 *data)
4408 {
4409 	int i, ret;
4410 
4411 	t4_write_reg(adap, A_SGE_CTXT_CMD, V_CTXTQID(cid) | V_CTXTTYPE(ctype));
4412 	ret = t4_wait_op_done(adap, A_SGE_CTXT_CMD, F_BUSY, 0, 3, 1);
4413 	if (!ret)
4414 		for (i = A_SGE_CTXT_DATA0; i <= A_SGE_CTXT_DATA5; i += 4)
4415 			*data++ = t4_read_reg(adap, i);
4416 	return ret;
4417 }
4418 
4419 /**
4420  *	t4_fw_hello - establish communication with FW
4421  *	@adap: the adapter
4422  *	@mbox: mailbox to use for the FW command
4423  *	@evt_mbox: mailbox to receive async FW events
4424  *	@master: specifies the caller's willingness to be the device master
4425  *	@state: returns the current device state (if non-NULL)
4426  *
4427  *	Issues a command to establish communication with FW.  Returns either
4428  *	an error (negative integer) or the mailbox of the Master PF.
4429  */
t4_fw_hello(struct adapter * adap,unsigned int mbox,unsigned int evt_mbox,enum dev_master master,enum dev_state * state)4430 int t4_fw_hello(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int mbox, unsigned int evt_mbox,
4431 		enum dev_master master, enum dev_state *state)
4432 {
4433 	int ret;
4434 	struct fw_hello_cmd c;
4435 	u32 v;
4436 	unsigned int master_mbox;
4437 	int retries = FW_CMD_HELLO_RETRIES;
4438 
4439 retry:
4440 	memset(&c, 0, sizeof(c));
4441 	INIT_CMD(c, HELLO, WRITE);
4442 	c.err_to_clearinit = htonl(
4443 		V_FW_HELLO_CMD_MASTERDIS(master == MASTER_CANT) |
4444 		V_FW_HELLO_CMD_MASTERFORCE(master == MASTER_MUST) |
4445 		V_FW_HELLO_CMD_MBMASTER(master == MASTER_MUST ? mbox :
4446 			M_FW_HELLO_CMD_MBMASTER) |
4447 		V_FW_HELLO_CMD_MBASYNCNOT(evt_mbox) |
4448 		V_FW_HELLO_CMD_STAGE(FW_HELLO_CMD_STAGE_OS) |
4449 		F_FW_HELLO_CMD_CLEARINIT);
4450 
4451 	/*
4452 	 * Issue the HELLO command to the firmware.  If it's not successful
4453 	 * but indicates that we got a "busy" or "timeout" condition, retry
4454 	 * the HELLO until we exhaust our retry limit.  If we do exceed our
4455 	 * retry limit, check to see if the firmware left us any error
4456 	 * information and report that if so ...
4457 	 */
4458 	ret = t4_wr_mbox(adap, mbox, &c, sizeof(c), &c);
4459 	if (ret != FW_SUCCESS) {
4460 		if ((ret == -EBUSY || ret == -ETIMEDOUT) && retries-- > 0)
4461 			goto retry;
4462 		if (t4_read_reg(adap, A_PCIE_FW) & F_PCIE_FW_ERR)
4463 			t4_report_fw_error(adap);
4464 		return ret;
4465 	}
4466 
4467 	v = ntohl(c.err_to_clearinit);
4468 	master_mbox = G_FW_HELLO_CMD_MBMASTER(v);
4469 	if (state) {
4470 		if (v & F_FW_HELLO_CMD_ERR)
4471 			*state = DEV_STATE_ERR;
4472 		else if (v & F_FW_HELLO_CMD_INIT)
4473 			*state = DEV_STATE_INIT;
4474 		else
4475 			*state = DEV_STATE_UNINIT;
4476 	}
4477 
4478 	/*
4479 	 * If we're not the Master PF then we need to wait around for the
4480 	 * Master PF Driver to finish setting up the adapter.
4481 	 *
4482 	 * Note that we also do this wait if we're a non-Master-capable PF and
4483 	 * there is no current Master PF; a Master PF may show up momentarily
4484 	 * and we wouldn't want to fail pointlessly.  (This can happen when an
4485 	 * OS loads lots of different drivers rapidly at the same time).  In
4486 	 * this case, the Master PF returned by the firmware will be
4487 	 * M_PCIE_FW_MASTER so the test below will work ...
4488 	 */
4489 	if ((v & (F_FW_HELLO_CMD_ERR|F_FW_HELLO_CMD_INIT)) == 0 &&
4490 	    master_mbox != mbox) {
4491 		int waiting = FW_CMD_HELLO_TIMEOUT;
4492 
4493 		/*
4494 		 * Wait for the firmware to either indicate an error or
4495 		 * initialized state.  If we see either of these we bail out
4496 		 * and report the issue to the caller.  If we exhaust the
4497 		 * "hello timeout" and we haven't exhausted our retries, try
4498 		 * again.  Otherwise bail with a timeout error.
4499 		 */
4500 		for (;;) {
4501 			u32 pcie_fw;
4502 
4503 			msleep(50);
4504 			waiting -= 50;
4505 
4506 			/*
4507 			 * If neither Error nor Initialialized are indicated
4508 			 * by the firmware keep waiting till we exhaust our
4509 			 * timeout ... and then retry if we haven't exhausted
4510 			 * our retries ...
4511 			 */
4512 			pcie_fw = t4_read_reg(adap, A_PCIE_FW);
4513 			if (!(pcie_fw & (F_PCIE_FW_ERR|F_PCIE_FW_INIT))) {
4514 				if (waiting <= 0) {
4515 					if (retries-- > 0)
4516 						goto retry;
4517 
4518 					return -ETIMEDOUT;
4519 				}
4520 				continue;
4521 			}
4522 
4523 			/*
4524 			 * We either have an Error or Initialized condition
4525 			 * report errors preferentially.
4526 			 */
4527 			if (state) {
4528 				if (pcie_fw & F_PCIE_FW_ERR)
4529 					*state = DEV_STATE_ERR;
4530 				else if (pcie_fw & F_PCIE_FW_INIT)
4531 					*state = DEV_STATE_INIT;
4532 			}
4533 
4534 			/*
4535 			 * If we arrived before a Master PF was selected and
4536 			 * there's not a valid Master PF, grab its identity
4537 			 * for our caller.
4538 			 */
4539 			if (master_mbox == M_PCIE_FW_MASTER &&
4540 			    (pcie_fw & F_PCIE_FW_MASTER_VLD))
4541 				master_mbox = G_PCIE_FW_MASTER(pcie_fw);
4542 			break;
4543 		}
4544 	}
4545 
4546 	return master_mbox;
4547 }
4548 
4549 /**
4550  *	t4_fw_bye - end communication with FW
4551  *	@adap: the adapter
4552  *	@mbox: mailbox to use for the FW command
4553  *
4554  *	Issues a command to terminate communication with FW.
4555  */
t4_fw_bye(struct adapter * adap,unsigned int mbox)4556 int t4_fw_bye(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int mbox)
4557 {
4558 	struct fw_bye_cmd c;
4559 
4560 	memset(&c, 0, sizeof(c));
4561 	INIT_CMD(c, BYE, WRITE);
4562 	return t4_wr_mbox(adap, mbox, &c, sizeof(c), NULL);
4563 }
4564 
4565 /**
4566  *	t4_fw_reset - issue a reset to FW
4567  *	@adap: the adapter
4568  *	@mbox: mailbox to use for the FW command
4569  *	@reset: specifies the type of reset to perform
4570  *
4571  *	Issues a reset command of the specified type to FW.
4572  */
t4_fw_reset(struct adapter * adap,unsigned int mbox,int reset)4573 int t4_fw_reset(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int mbox, int reset)
4574 {
4575 	struct fw_reset_cmd c;
4576 
4577 	memset(&c, 0, sizeof(c));
4578 	INIT_CMD(c, RESET, WRITE);
4579 	c.val = htonl(reset);
4580 	return t4_wr_mbox(adap, mbox, &c, sizeof(c), NULL);
4581 }
4582 
4583 /**
4584  *	t4_fw_halt - issue a reset/halt to FW and put uP into RESET
4585  *	@adap: the adapter
4586  *	@mbox: mailbox to use for the FW RESET command (if desired)
4587  *	@force: force uP into RESET even if FW RESET command fails
4588  *
4589  *	Issues a RESET command to firmware (if desired) with a HALT indication
4590  *	and then puts the microprocessor into RESET state.  The RESET command
4591  *	will only be issued if a legitimate mailbox is provided (mbox <=
4592  *	M_PCIE_FW_MASTER).
4593  *
4594  *	This is generally used in order for the host to safely manipulate the
4595  *	adapter without fear of conflicting with whatever the firmware might
4596  *	be doing.  The only way out of this state is to RESTART the firmware
4597  *	...
4598  */
t4_fw_halt(struct adapter * adap,unsigned int mbox,int force)4599 int t4_fw_halt(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int mbox, int force)
4600 {
4601 	int ret = 0;
4602 
4603 	/*
4604 	 * If a legitimate mailbox is provided, issue a RESET command
4605 	 * with a HALT indication.
4606 	 */
4607 	if (mbox <= M_PCIE_FW_MASTER) {
4608 		struct fw_reset_cmd c;
4609 
4610 		memset(&c, 0, sizeof(c));
4611 		INIT_CMD(c, RESET, WRITE);
4612 		c.val = htonl(F_PIORST | F_PIORSTMODE);
4613 		c.halt_pkd = htonl(F_FW_RESET_CMD_HALT);
4614 		ret = t4_wr_mbox(adap, mbox, &c, sizeof(c), NULL);
4615 	}
4616 
4617 	/*
4618 	 * Normally we won't complete the operation if the firmware RESET
4619 	 * command fails but if our caller insists we'll go ahead and put the
4620 	 * uP into RESET.  This can be useful if the firmware is hung or even
4621 	 * missing ...  We'll have to take the risk of putting the uP into
4622 	 * RESET without the cooperation of firmware in that case.
4623 	 *
4624 	 * We also force the firmware's HALT flag to be on in case we bypassed
4625 	 * the firmware RESET command above or we're dealing with old firmware
4626 	 * which doesn't have the HALT capability.  This will serve as a flag
4627 	 * for the incoming firmware to know that it's coming out of a HALT
4628 	 * rather than a RESET ... if it's new enough to understand that ...
4629 	 */
4630 	if (ret == 0 || force) {
4631 		t4_set_reg_field(adap, A_CIM_BOOT_CFG, F_UPCRST, F_UPCRST);
4632 		t4_set_reg_field(adap, A_PCIE_FW, F_PCIE_FW_HALT, F_PCIE_FW_HALT);
4633 	}
4634 
4635 	/*
4636 	 * And we always return the result of the firmware RESET command
4637 	 * even when we force the uP into RESET ...
4638 	 */
4639 	return ret;
4640 }
4641 
4642 /**
4643  *	t4_fw_restart - restart the firmware by taking the uP out of RESET
4644  *	@adap: the adapter
4645  *	@reset: if we want to do a RESET to restart things
4646  *
4647  *	Restart firmware previously halted by t4_fw_halt().  On successful
4648  *	return the previous PF Master remains as the new PF Master and there
4649  *	is no need to issue a new HELLO command, etc.
4650  *
4651  *	We do this in two ways:
4652  *
4653  *	 1. If we're dealing with newer firmware we'll simply want to take
4654  *	    the chip's microprocessor out of RESET.  This will cause the
4655  *	    firmware to start up from its start vector.  And then we'll loop
4656  *	    until the firmware indicates it's started again (PCIE_FW.HALT
4657  *	    reset to 0) or we timeout.
4658  *
4659  *	 2. If we're dealing with older firmware then we'll need to RESET
4660  *	    the chip since older firmware won't recognize the PCIE_FW.HALT
4661  *	    flag and automatically RESET itself on startup.
4662  */
t4_fw_restart(struct adapter * adap,unsigned int mbox,int reset)4663 int t4_fw_restart(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int mbox, int reset)
4664 {
4665 	if (reset) {
4666 		/*
4667 		 * Since we're directing the RESET instead of the firmware
4668 		 * doing it automatically, we need to clear the PCIE_FW.HALT
4669 		 * bit.
4670 		 */
4671 		t4_set_reg_field(adap, A_PCIE_FW, F_PCIE_FW_HALT, 0);
4672 
4673 		/*
4674 		 * If we've been given a valid mailbox, first try to get the
4675 		 * firmware to do the RESET.  If that works, great and we can
4676 		 * return success.  Otherwise, if we haven't been given a
4677 		 * valid mailbox or the RESET command failed, fall back to
4678 		 * hitting the chip with a hammer.
4679 		 */
4680 		if (mbox <= M_PCIE_FW_MASTER) {
4681 			t4_set_reg_field(adap, A_CIM_BOOT_CFG, F_UPCRST, 0);
4682 			msleep(100);
4683 			if (t4_fw_reset(adap, mbox,
4684 					F_PIORST | F_PIORSTMODE) == 0)
4685 				return 0;
4686 		}
4687 
4688 		t4_write_reg(adap, A_PL_RST, F_PIORST | F_PIORSTMODE);
4689 		msleep(2000);
4690 	} else {
4691 		int ms;
4692 
4693 		t4_set_reg_field(adap, A_CIM_BOOT_CFG, F_UPCRST, 0);
4694 		for (ms = 0; ms < FW_CMD_MAX_TIMEOUT; ) {
4695 			if (!(t4_read_reg(adap, A_PCIE_FW) & F_PCIE_FW_HALT))
4696 				return FW_SUCCESS;
4697 			msleep(100);
4698 			ms += 100;
4699 		}
4700 		return -ETIMEDOUT;
4701 	}
4702 	return 0;
4703 }
4704 
4705 /**
4706  *	t4_fw_upgrade - perform all of the steps necessary to upgrade FW
4707  *	@adap: the adapter
4708  *	@mbox: mailbox to use for the FW RESET command (if desired)
4709  *	@fw_data: the firmware image to write
4710  *	@size: image size
4711  *	@force: force upgrade even if firmware doesn't cooperate
4712  *
4713  *	Perform all of the steps necessary for upgrading an adapter's
4714  *	firmware image.  Normally this requires the cooperation of the
4715  *	existing firmware in order to halt all existing activities
4716  *	but if an invalid mailbox token is passed in we skip that step
4717  *	(though we'll still put the adapter microprocessor into RESET in
4718  *	that case).
4719  *
4720  *	On successful return the new firmware will have been loaded and
4721  *	the adapter will have been fully RESET losing all previous setup
4722  *	state.  On unsuccessful return the adapter may be completely hosed ...
4723  *	positive errno indicates that the adapter is ~probably~ intact, a
4724  *	negative errno indicates that things are looking bad ...
4725  */
t4_fw_upgrade(struct adapter * adap,unsigned int mbox,const u8 * fw_data,unsigned int size,int force)4726 int t4_fw_upgrade(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int mbox,
4727 		  const u8 *fw_data, unsigned int size, int force)
4728 {
4729 	const struct fw_hdr *fw_hdr = (const struct fw_hdr *)fw_data;
4730 	unsigned int bootstrap = ntohl(fw_hdr->magic) == FW_HDR_MAGIC_BOOTSTRAP;
4731 	int reset, ret;
4732 
4733 	if (!bootstrap) {
4734 		ret = t4_fw_halt(adap, mbox, force);
4735 		if (ret < 0 && !force)
4736 			return ret;
4737 	}
4738 
4739 	ret = t4_load_fw(adap, fw_data, size);
4740 	if (ret < 0 || bootstrap)
4741 		return ret;
4742 
4743 	/*
4744 	 * Older versions of the firmware don't understand the new
4745 	 * PCIE_FW.HALT flag and so won't know to perform a RESET when they
4746 	 * restart.  So for newly loaded older firmware we'll have to do the
4747 	 * RESET for it so it starts up on a clean slate.  We can tell if
4748 	 * the newly loaded firmware will handle this right by checking
4749 	 * its header flags to see if it advertises the capability.
4750 	 */
4751 	reset = ((ntohl(fw_hdr->flags) & FW_HDR_FLAGS_RESET_HALT) == 0);
4752 	return t4_fw_restart(adap, mbox, reset);
4753 }
4754 
4755 /**
4756  *	t4_fw_initialize - ask FW to initialize the device
4757  *	@adap: the adapter
4758  *	@mbox: mailbox to use for the FW command
4759  *
4760  *	Issues a command to FW to partially initialize the device.  This
4761  *	performs initialization that generally doesn't depend on user input.
4762  */
t4_fw_initialize(struct adapter * adap,unsigned int mbox)4763 int t4_fw_initialize(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int mbox)
4764 {
4765 	struct fw_initialize_cmd c;
4766 
4767 	memset(&c, 0, sizeof(c));
4768 	INIT_CMD(c, INITIALIZE, WRITE);
4769 	return t4_wr_mbox(adap, mbox, &c, sizeof(c), NULL);
4770 }
4771 
4772 /**
4773  *	t4_query_params - query FW or device parameters
4774  *	@adap: the adapter
4775  *	@mbox: mailbox to use for the FW command
4776  *	@pf: the PF
4777  *	@vf: the VF
4778  *	@nparams: the number of parameters
4779  *	@params: the parameter names
4780  *	@val: the parameter values
4781  *
4782  *	Reads the value of FW or device parameters.  Up to 7 parameters can be
4783  *	queried at once.
4784  */
t4_query_params(struct adapter * adap,unsigned int mbox,unsigned int pf,unsigned int vf,unsigned int nparams,const u32 * params,u32 * val)4785 int t4_query_params(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int mbox, unsigned int pf,
4786 		    unsigned int vf, unsigned int nparams, const u32 *params,
4787 		    u32 *val)
4788 {
4789 	int i, ret;
4790 	struct fw_params_cmd c;
4791 	__be32 *p = &c.param[0].mnem;
4792 
4793 	if (nparams > 7)
4794 		return -EINVAL;
4795 
4796 	memset(&c, 0, sizeof(c));
4797 	c.op_to_vfn = htonl(V_FW_CMD_OP(FW_PARAMS_CMD) | F_FW_CMD_REQUEST |
4798 			    F_FW_CMD_READ | V_FW_PARAMS_CMD_PFN(pf) |
4799 			    V_FW_PARAMS_CMD_VFN(vf));
4800 	c.retval_len16 = htonl(FW_LEN16(c));
4801 
4802 	for (i = 0; i < nparams; i++, p += 2, params++)
4803 		*p = htonl(*params);
4804 
4805 	ret = t4_wr_mbox(adap, mbox, &c, sizeof(c), &c);
4806 	if (ret == 0)
4807 		for (i = 0, p = &c.param[0].val; i < nparams; i++, p += 2)
4808 			*val++ = ntohl(*p);
4809 	return ret;
4810 }
4811 
4812 /**
4813  *	t4_set_params - sets FW or device parameters
4814  *	@adap: the adapter
4815  *	@mbox: mailbox to use for the FW command
4816  *	@pf: the PF
4817  *	@vf: the VF
4818  *	@nparams: the number of parameters
4819  *	@params: the parameter names
4820  *	@val: the parameter values
4821  *
4822  *	Sets the value of FW or device parameters.  Up to 7 parameters can be
4823  *	specified at once.
4824  */
t4_set_params(struct adapter * adap,unsigned int mbox,unsigned int pf,unsigned int vf,unsigned int nparams,const u32 * params,const u32 * val)4825 int t4_set_params(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int mbox, unsigned int pf,
4826 		  unsigned int vf, unsigned int nparams, const u32 *params,
4827 		  const u32 *val)
4828 {
4829 	struct fw_params_cmd c;
4830 	__be32 *p = &c.param[0].mnem;
4831 
4832 	if (nparams > 7)
4833 		return -EINVAL;
4834 
4835 	memset(&c, 0, sizeof(c));
4836 	c.op_to_vfn = htonl(V_FW_CMD_OP(FW_PARAMS_CMD) | F_FW_CMD_REQUEST |
4837 			    F_FW_CMD_WRITE | V_FW_PARAMS_CMD_PFN(pf) |
4838 			    V_FW_PARAMS_CMD_VFN(vf));
4839 	c.retval_len16 = htonl(FW_LEN16(c));
4840 
4841 	while (nparams--) {
4842 		*p++ = htonl(*params);
4843 		params++;
4844 		*p++ = htonl(*val);
4845 		val++;
4846 	}
4847 
4848 	return t4_wr_mbox(adap, mbox, &c, sizeof(c), NULL);
4849 }
4850 
4851 /**
4852  *	t4_cfg_pfvf - configure PF/VF resource limits
4853  *	@adap: the adapter
4854  *	@mbox: mailbox to use for the FW command
4855  *	@pf: the PF being configured
4856  *	@vf: the VF being configured
4857  *	@txq: the max number of egress queues
4858  *	@txq_eth_ctrl: the max number of egress Ethernet or control queues
4859  *	@rxqi: the max number of interrupt-capable ingress queues
4860  *	@rxq: the max number of interruptless ingress queues
4861  *	@tc: the PCI traffic class
4862  *	@vi: the max number of virtual interfaces
4863  *	@cmask: the channel access rights mask for the PF/VF
4864  *	@pmask: the port access rights mask for the PF/VF
4865  *	@nexact: the maximum number of exact MPS filters
4866  *	@rcaps: read capabilities
4867  *	@wxcaps: write/execute capabilities
4868  *
4869  *	Configures resource limits and capabilities for a physical or virtual
4870  *	function.
4871  */
t4_cfg_pfvf(struct adapter * adap,unsigned int mbox,unsigned int pf,unsigned int vf,unsigned int txq,unsigned int txq_eth_ctrl,unsigned int rxqi,unsigned int rxq,unsigned int tc,unsigned int vi,unsigned int cmask,unsigned int pmask,unsigned int nexact,unsigned int rcaps,unsigned int wxcaps)4872 int t4_cfg_pfvf(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int mbox, unsigned int pf,
4873 		unsigned int vf, unsigned int txq, unsigned int txq_eth_ctrl,
4874 		unsigned int rxqi, unsigned int rxq, unsigned int tc,
4875 		unsigned int vi, unsigned int cmask, unsigned int pmask,
4876 		unsigned int nexact, unsigned int rcaps, unsigned int wxcaps)
4877 {
4878 	struct fw_pfvf_cmd c;
4879 
4880 	memset(&c, 0, sizeof(c));
4881 	c.op_to_vfn = htonl(V_FW_CMD_OP(FW_PFVF_CMD) | F_FW_CMD_REQUEST |
4882 			    F_FW_CMD_WRITE | V_FW_PFVF_CMD_PFN(pf) |
4883 			    V_FW_PFVF_CMD_VFN(vf));
4884 	c.retval_len16 = htonl(FW_LEN16(c));
4885 	c.niqflint_niq = htonl(V_FW_PFVF_CMD_NIQFLINT(rxqi) |
4886 			       V_FW_PFVF_CMD_NIQ(rxq));
4887 	c.type_to_neq = htonl(V_FW_PFVF_CMD_CMASK(cmask) |
4888 			      V_FW_PFVF_CMD_PMASK(pmask) |
4889 			      V_FW_PFVF_CMD_NEQ(txq));
4890 	c.tc_to_nexactf = htonl(V_FW_PFVF_CMD_TC(tc) | V_FW_PFVF_CMD_NVI(vi) |
4891 				V_FW_PFVF_CMD_NEXACTF(nexact));
4892 	c.r_caps_to_nethctrl = htonl(V_FW_PFVF_CMD_R_CAPS(rcaps) |
4893 				     V_FW_PFVF_CMD_WX_CAPS(wxcaps) |
4894 				     V_FW_PFVF_CMD_NETHCTRL(txq_eth_ctrl));
4895 	return t4_wr_mbox(adap, mbox, &c, sizeof(c), NULL);
4896 }
4897 
4898 /**
4899  *	t4_alloc_vi_func - allocate a virtual interface
4900  *	@adap: the adapter
4901  *	@mbox: mailbox to use for the FW command
4902  *	@port: physical port associated with the VI
4903  *	@pf: the PF owning the VI
4904  *	@vf: the VF owning the VI
4905  *	@nmac: number of MAC addresses needed (1 to 5)
4906  *	@mac: the MAC addresses of the VI
4907  *	@rss_size: size of RSS table slice associated with this VI
4908  *	@portfunc: which Port Application Function MAC Address is desired
4909  *	@idstype: Intrusion Detection Type
4910  *
4911  *	Allocates a virtual interface for the given physical port.  If @mac is
4912  *	not %NULL it contains the MAC addresses of the VI as assigned by FW.
4913  *	@mac should be large enough to hold @nmac Ethernet addresses, they are
4914  *	stored consecutively so the space needed is @nmac * 6 bytes.
4915  *	Returns a negative error number or the non-negative VI id.
4916  */
t4_alloc_vi_func(struct adapter * adap,unsigned int mbox,unsigned int port,unsigned int pf,unsigned int vf,unsigned int nmac,u8 * mac,u16 * rss_size,unsigned int portfunc,unsigned int idstype)4917 int t4_alloc_vi_func(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int mbox,
4918 		     unsigned int port, unsigned int pf, unsigned int vf,
4919 		     unsigned int nmac, u8 *mac, u16 *rss_size,
4920 		     unsigned int portfunc, unsigned int idstype)
4921 {
4922 	int ret;
4923 	struct fw_vi_cmd c;
4924 
4925 	memset(&c, 0, sizeof(c));
4926 	c.op_to_vfn = htonl(V_FW_CMD_OP(FW_VI_CMD) | F_FW_CMD_REQUEST |
4927 			    F_FW_CMD_WRITE | F_FW_CMD_EXEC |
4928 			    V_FW_VI_CMD_PFN(pf) | V_FW_VI_CMD_VFN(vf));
4929 	c.alloc_to_len16 = htonl(F_FW_VI_CMD_ALLOC | FW_LEN16(c));
4930 	c.type_to_viid = htons(V_FW_VI_CMD_TYPE(idstype) |
4931 			       V_FW_VI_CMD_FUNC(portfunc));
4932 	c.portid_pkd = V_FW_VI_CMD_PORTID(port);
4933 	c.nmac = nmac - 1;
4934 
4935 	ret = t4_wr_mbox(adap, mbox, &c, sizeof(c), &c);
4936 	if (ret)
4937 		return ret;
4938 
4939 	if (mac) {
4940 		memcpy(mac, c.mac, sizeof(c.mac));
4941 		switch (nmac) {
4942 		case 5:
4943 			memcpy(mac + 24, c.nmac3, sizeof(c.nmac3));
4944 		case 4:
4945 			memcpy(mac + 18, c.nmac2, sizeof(c.nmac2));
4946 		case 3:
4947 			memcpy(mac + 12, c.nmac1, sizeof(c.nmac1));
4948 		case 2:
4949 			memcpy(mac + 6,  c.nmac0, sizeof(c.nmac0));
4950 		}
4951 	}
4952 	if (rss_size)
4953 		*rss_size = G_FW_VI_CMD_RSSSIZE(ntohs(c.norss_rsssize));
4954 	return G_FW_VI_CMD_VIID(htons(c.type_to_viid));
4955 }
4956 
4957 /**
4958  *	t4_alloc_vi - allocate an [Ethernet Function] virtual interface
4959  *	@adap: the adapter
4960  *	@mbox: mailbox to use for the FW command
4961  *	@port: physical port associated with the VI
4962  *	@pf: the PF owning the VI
4963  *	@vf: the VF owning the VI
4964  *	@nmac: number of MAC addresses needed (1 to 5)
4965  *	@mac: the MAC addresses of the VI
4966  *	@rss_size: size of RSS table slice associated with this VI
4967  *
4968  *	backwards compatible and convieniance routine to allocate a Virtual
4969  *	Interface with a Ethernet Port Application Function and Intrustion
4970  *	Detection System disabled.
4971  */
t4_alloc_vi(struct adapter * adap,unsigned int mbox,unsigned int port,unsigned int pf,unsigned int vf,unsigned int nmac,u8 * mac,u16 * rss_size)4972 int t4_alloc_vi(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int mbox, unsigned int port,
4973 		unsigned int pf, unsigned int vf, unsigned int nmac, u8 *mac,
4974 		u16 *rss_size)
4975 {
4976 	return t4_alloc_vi_func(adap, mbox, port, pf, vf, nmac, mac, rss_size,
4977 				FW_VI_FUNC_ETH, 0);
4978 }
4979 
4980 /**
4981  *	t4_free_vi - free a virtual interface
4982  *	@adap: the adapter
4983  *	@mbox: mailbox to use for the FW command
4984  *	@pf: the PF owning the VI
4985  *	@vf: the VF owning the VI
4986  *	@viid: virtual interface identifiler
4987  *
4988  *	Free a previously allocated virtual interface.
4989  */
t4_free_vi(struct adapter * adap,unsigned int mbox,unsigned int pf,unsigned int vf,unsigned int viid)4990 int t4_free_vi(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int mbox, unsigned int pf,
4991 	       unsigned int vf, unsigned int viid)
4992 {
4993 	struct fw_vi_cmd c;
4994 
4995 	memset(&c, 0, sizeof(c));
4996 	c.op_to_vfn = htonl(V_FW_CMD_OP(FW_VI_CMD) |
4997 			    F_FW_CMD_REQUEST |
4998 			    F_FW_CMD_EXEC |
4999 			    V_FW_VI_CMD_PFN(pf) |
5000 			    V_FW_VI_CMD_VFN(vf));
5001 	c.alloc_to_len16 = htonl(F_FW_VI_CMD_FREE | FW_LEN16(c));
5002 	c.type_to_viid = htons(V_FW_VI_CMD_VIID(viid));
5003 
5004 	return t4_wr_mbox(adap, mbox, &c, sizeof(c), &c);
5005 }
5006 
5007 /**
5008  *	t4_set_rxmode - set Rx properties of a virtual interface
5009  *	@adap: the adapter
5010  *	@mbox: mailbox to use for the FW command
5011  *	@viid: the VI id
5012  *	@mtu: the new MTU or -1
5013  *	@promisc: 1 to enable promiscuous mode, 0 to disable it, -1 no change
5014  *	@all_multi: 1 to enable all-multi mode, 0 to disable it, -1 no change
5015  *	@bcast: 1 to enable broadcast Rx, 0 to disable it, -1 no change
5016  *	@vlanex: 1 to enable HVLAN extraction, 0 to disable it, -1 no change
5017  *	@sleep_ok: if true we may sleep while awaiting command completion
5018  *
5019  *	Sets Rx properties of a virtual interface.
5020  */
t4_set_rxmode(struct adapter * adap,unsigned int mbox,unsigned int viid,int mtu,int promisc,int all_multi,int bcast,int vlanex,bool sleep_ok)5021 int t4_set_rxmode(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int mbox, unsigned int viid,
5022 		  int mtu, int promisc, int all_multi, int bcast, int vlanex,
5023 		  bool sleep_ok)
5024 {
5025 	struct fw_vi_rxmode_cmd c;
5026 
5027 	/* convert to FW values */
5028 	if (mtu < 0)
5029 		mtu = M_FW_VI_RXMODE_CMD_MTU;
5030 	if (promisc < 0)
5031 		promisc = M_FW_VI_RXMODE_CMD_PROMISCEN;
5032 	if (all_multi < 0)
5033 		all_multi = M_FW_VI_RXMODE_CMD_ALLMULTIEN;
5034 	if (bcast < 0)
5035 		bcast = M_FW_VI_RXMODE_CMD_BROADCASTEN;
5036 	if (vlanex < 0)
5037 		vlanex = M_FW_VI_RXMODE_CMD_VLANEXEN;
5038 
5039 	memset(&c, 0, sizeof(c));
5040 	c.op_to_viid = htonl(V_FW_CMD_OP(FW_VI_RXMODE_CMD) | F_FW_CMD_REQUEST |
5041 			     F_FW_CMD_WRITE | V_FW_VI_RXMODE_CMD_VIID(viid));
5042 	c.retval_len16 = htonl(FW_LEN16(c));
5043 	c.mtu_to_vlanexen = htonl(V_FW_VI_RXMODE_CMD_MTU(mtu) |
5044 				  V_FW_VI_RXMODE_CMD_PROMISCEN(promisc) |
5045 				  V_FW_VI_RXMODE_CMD_ALLMULTIEN(all_multi) |
5046 				  V_FW_VI_RXMODE_CMD_BROADCASTEN(bcast) |
5047 				  V_FW_VI_RXMODE_CMD_VLANEXEN(vlanex));
5048 	return t4_wr_mbox_meat(adap, mbox, &c, sizeof(c), NULL, sleep_ok);
5049 }
5050 
5051 /**
5052  *	t4_alloc_mac_filt - allocates exact-match filters for MAC addresses
5053  *	@adap: the adapter
5054  *	@mbox: mailbox to use for the FW command
5055  *	@viid: the VI id
5056  *	@free: if true any existing filters for this VI id are first removed
5057  *	@naddr: the number of MAC addresses to allocate filters for (up to 7)
5058  *	@addr: the MAC address(es)
5059  *	@idx: where to store the index of each allocated filter
5060  *	@hash: pointer to hash address filter bitmap
5061  *	@sleep_ok: call is allowed to sleep
5062  *
5063  *	Allocates an exact-match filter for each of the supplied addresses and
5064  *	sets it to the corresponding address.  If @idx is not %NULL it should
5065  *	have at least @naddr entries, each of which will be set to the index of
5066  *	the filter allocated for the corresponding MAC address.  If a filter
5067  *	could not be allocated for an address its index is set to 0xffff.
5068  *	If @hash is not %NULL addresses that fail to allocate an exact filter
5069  *	are hashed and update the hash filter bitmap pointed at by @hash.
5070  *
5071  *	Returns a negative error number or the number of filters allocated.
5072  */
t4_alloc_mac_filt(struct adapter * adap,unsigned int mbox,unsigned int viid,bool free,unsigned int naddr,const u8 ** addr,u16 * idx,u64 * hash,bool sleep_ok)5073 int t4_alloc_mac_filt(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int mbox,
5074 		      unsigned int viid, bool free, unsigned int naddr,
5075 		      const u8 **addr, u16 *idx, u64 *hash, bool sleep_ok)
5076 {
5077 	int offset, ret = 0;
5078 	struct fw_vi_mac_cmd c;
5079 	unsigned int nfilters = 0;
5080 	unsigned int max_naddr = is_t4(adap) ?
5081 				       NUM_MPS_CLS_SRAM_L_INSTANCES :
5082 				       NUM_MPS_T5_CLS_SRAM_L_INSTANCES;
5083 	unsigned int rem = naddr;
5084 
5085 	if (naddr > max_naddr)
5086 		return -EINVAL;
5087 
5088 	for (offset = 0; offset < naddr ; /**/) {
5089 		unsigned int fw_naddr = (rem < ARRAY_SIZE(c.u.exact)
5090 					 ? rem
5091 					 : ARRAY_SIZE(c.u.exact));
5092 		size_t len16 = DIV_ROUND_UP(offsetof(struct fw_vi_mac_cmd,
5093 						     u.exact[fw_naddr]), 16);
5094 		struct fw_vi_mac_exact *p;
5095 		int i;
5096 
5097 		memset(&c, 0, sizeof(c));
5098 		c.op_to_viid = htonl(V_FW_CMD_OP(FW_VI_MAC_CMD) |
5099 				     F_FW_CMD_REQUEST |
5100 				     F_FW_CMD_WRITE |
5101 				     V_FW_CMD_EXEC(free) |
5102 				     V_FW_VI_MAC_CMD_VIID(viid));
5103 		c.freemacs_to_len16 = htonl(V_FW_VI_MAC_CMD_FREEMACS(free) |
5104 					    V_FW_CMD_LEN16(len16));
5105 
5106 		for (i = 0, p = c.u.exact; i < fw_naddr; i++, p++) {
5107 			p->valid_to_idx = htons(
5108 				F_FW_VI_MAC_CMD_VALID |
5109 				V_FW_VI_MAC_CMD_IDX(FW_VI_MAC_ADD_MAC));
5110 			memcpy(p->macaddr, addr[offset+i], sizeof(p->macaddr));
5111 		}
5112 
5113 		/*
5114 		 * It's okay if we run out of space in our MAC address arena.
5115 		 * Some of the addresses we submit may get stored so we need
5116 		 * to run through the reply to see what the results were ...
5117 		 */
5118 		ret = t4_wr_mbox_meat(adap, mbox, &c, sizeof(c), &c, sleep_ok);
5119 		if (ret && ret != -FW_ENOMEM)
5120 			break;
5121 
5122 		for (i = 0, p = c.u.exact; i < fw_naddr; i++, p++) {
5123 			u16 index = G_FW_VI_MAC_CMD_IDX(ntohs(p->valid_to_idx));
5124 
5125 			if (idx)
5126 				idx[offset+i] = (index >=  max_naddr
5127 						 ? 0xffff
5128 						 : index);
5129 			if (index < max_naddr)
5130 				nfilters++;
5131 			else if (hash)
5132 				*hash |= (1ULL << hash_mac_addr(addr[offset+i]));
5133 		}
5134 
5135 		free = false;
5136 		offset += fw_naddr;
5137 		rem -= fw_naddr;
5138 	}
5139 
5140 	if (ret == 0 || ret == -FW_ENOMEM)
5141 		ret = nfilters;
5142 	return ret;
5143 }
5144 
5145 /**
5146  *	t4_change_mac - modifies the exact-match filter for a MAC address
5147  *	@adap: the adapter
5148  *	@mbox: mailbox to use for the FW command
5149  *	@viid: the VI id
5150  *	@idx: index of existing filter for old value of MAC address, or -1
5151  *	@addr: the new MAC address value
5152  *	@persist: whether a new MAC allocation should be persistent
5153  *	@add_smt: if true also add the address to the HW SMT
5154  *
5155  *	Modifies an exact-match filter and sets it to the new MAC address if
5156  *	@idx >= 0, or adds the MAC address to a new filter if @idx < 0.  In the
5157  *	latter case the address is added persistently if @persist is %true.
5158  *
5159  *	Note that in general it is not possible to modify the value of a given
5160  *	filter so the generic way to modify an address filter is to free the one
5161  *	being used by the old address value and allocate a new filter for the
5162  *	new address value.
5163  *
5164  *	Returns a negative error number or the index of the filter with the new
5165  *	MAC value.  Note that this index may differ from @idx.
5166  */
t4_change_mac(struct adapter * adap,unsigned int mbox,unsigned int viid,int idx,const u8 * addr,bool persist,bool add_smt)5167 int t4_change_mac(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int mbox, unsigned int viid,
5168 		  int idx, const u8 *addr, bool persist, bool add_smt)
5169 {
5170 	int ret, mode;
5171 	struct fw_vi_mac_cmd c;
5172 	struct fw_vi_mac_exact *p = c.u.exact;
5173 	unsigned int max_mac_addr = is_t4(adap) ?
5174 				    NUM_MPS_CLS_SRAM_L_INSTANCES :
5175 				    NUM_MPS_T5_CLS_SRAM_L_INSTANCES;
5176 
5177 	if (idx < 0)                             /* new allocation */
5178 		idx = persist ? FW_VI_MAC_ADD_PERSIST_MAC : FW_VI_MAC_ADD_MAC;
5179 	mode = add_smt ? FW_VI_MAC_SMT_AND_MPSTCAM : FW_VI_MAC_MPS_TCAM_ENTRY;
5180 
5181 	memset(&c, 0, sizeof(c));
5182 	c.op_to_viid = htonl(V_FW_CMD_OP(FW_VI_MAC_CMD) | F_FW_CMD_REQUEST |
5183 			     F_FW_CMD_WRITE | V_FW_VI_MAC_CMD_VIID(viid));
5184 	c.freemacs_to_len16 = htonl(V_FW_CMD_LEN16(1));
5185 	p->valid_to_idx = htons(F_FW_VI_MAC_CMD_VALID |
5186 				V_FW_VI_MAC_CMD_SMAC_RESULT(mode) |
5187 				V_FW_VI_MAC_CMD_IDX(idx));
5188 	memcpy(p->macaddr, addr, sizeof(p->macaddr));
5189 
5190 	ret = t4_wr_mbox(adap, mbox, &c, sizeof(c), &c);
5191 	if (ret == 0) {
5192 		ret = G_FW_VI_MAC_CMD_IDX(ntohs(p->valid_to_idx));
5193 		if (ret >= max_mac_addr)
5194 			ret = -ENOMEM;
5195 	}
5196 	return ret;
5197 }
5198 
5199 /**
5200  *	t4_set_addr_hash - program the MAC inexact-match hash filter
5201  *	@adap: the adapter
5202  *	@mbox: mailbox to use for the FW command
5203  *	@viid: the VI id
5204  *	@ucast: whether the hash filter should also match unicast addresses
5205  *	@vec: the value to be written to the hash filter
5206  *	@sleep_ok: call is allowed to sleep
5207  *
5208  *	Sets the 64-bit inexact-match hash filter for a virtual interface.
5209  */
t4_set_addr_hash(struct adapter * adap,unsigned int mbox,unsigned int viid,bool ucast,u64 vec,bool sleep_ok)5210 int t4_set_addr_hash(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int mbox, unsigned int viid,
5211 		     bool ucast, u64 vec, bool sleep_ok)
5212 {
5213 	struct fw_vi_mac_cmd c;
5214 
5215 	memset(&c, 0, sizeof(c));
5216 	c.op_to_viid = htonl(V_FW_CMD_OP(FW_VI_MAC_CMD) | F_FW_CMD_REQUEST |
5217 			     F_FW_CMD_WRITE | V_FW_VI_ENABLE_CMD_VIID(viid));
5218 	c.freemacs_to_len16 = htonl(F_FW_VI_MAC_CMD_HASHVECEN |
5219 				    V_FW_VI_MAC_CMD_HASHUNIEN(ucast) |
5220 				    V_FW_CMD_LEN16(1));
5221 	c.u.hash.hashvec = cpu_to_be64(vec);
5222 	return t4_wr_mbox_meat(adap, mbox, &c, sizeof(c), NULL, sleep_ok);
5223 }
5224 
5225 /**
5226  *	t4_enable_vi - enable/disable a virtual interface
5227  *	@adap: the adapter
5228  *	@mbox: mailbox to use for the FW command
5229  *	@viid: the VI id
5230  *	@rx_en: 1=enable Rx, 0=disable Rx
5231  *	@tx_en: 1=enable Tx, 0=disable Tx
5232  *
5233  *	Enables/disables a virtual interface.
5234  */
t4_enable_vi(struct adapter * adap,unsigned int mbox,unsigned int viid,bool rx_en,bool tx_en)5235 int t4_enable_vi(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int mbox, unsigned int viid,
5236 		 bool rx_en, bool tx_en)
5237 {
5238 	struct fw_vi_enable_cmd c;
5239 
5240 	memset(&c, 0, sizeof(c));
5241 	c.op_to_viid = htonl(V_FW_CMD_OP(FW_VI_ENABLE_CMD) | F_FW_CMD_REQUEST |
5242 			     F_FW_CMD_EXEC | V_FW_VI_ENABLE_CMD_VIID(viid));
5243 	c.ien_to_len16 = htonl(V_FW_VI_ENABLE_CMD_IEN(rx_en) |
5244 			       V_FW_VI_ENABLE_CMD_EEN(tx_en) | FW_LEN16(c));
5245 	return t4_wr_mbox(adap, mbox, &c, sizeof(c), NULL);
5246 }
5247 
5248 /**
5249  *	t4_identify_port - identify a VI's port by blinking its LED
5250  *	@adap: the adapter
5251  *	@mbox: mailbox to use for the FW command
5252  *	@viid: the VI id
5253  *	@nblinks: how many times to blink LED at 2.5 Hz
5254  *
5255  *	Identifies a VI's port by blinking its LED.
5256  */
t4_identify_port(struct adapter * adap,unsigned int mbox,unsigned int viid,unsigned int nblinks)5257 int t4_identify_port(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int mbox, unsigned int viid,
5258 		     unsigned int nblinks)
5259 {
5260 	struct fw_vi_enable_cmd c;
5261 
5262 	memset(&c, 0, sizeof(c));
5263 	c.op_to_viid = htonl(V_FW_CMD_OP(FW_VI_ENABLE_CMD) | F_FW_CMD_REQUEST |
5264 			     F_FW_CMD_EXEC | V_FW_VI_ENABLE_CMD_VIID(viid));
5265 	c.ien_to_len16 = htonl(F_FW_VI_ENABLE_CMD_LED | FW_LEN16(c));
5266 	c.blinkdur = htons(nblinks);
5267 	return t4_wr_mbox(adap, mbox, &c, sizeof(c), NULL);
5268 }
5269 
5270 /**
5271  *	t4_iq_start_stop - enable/disable an ingress queue and its FLs
5272  *	@adap: the adapter
5273  *	@mbox: mailbox to use for the FW command
5274  *	@start: %true to enable the queues, %false to disable them
5275  *	@pf: the PF owning the queues
5276  *	@vf: the VF owning the queues
5277  *	@iqid: ingress queue id
5278  *	@fl0id: FL0 queue id or 0xffff if no attached FL0
5279  *	@fl1id: FL1 queue id or 0xffff if no attached FL1
5280  *
5281  *	Starts or stops an ingress queue and its associated FLs, if any.
5282  */
t4_iq_start_stop(struct adapter * adap,unsigned int mbox,bool start,unsigned int pf,unsigned int vf,unsigned int iqid,unsigned int fl0id,unsigned int fl1id)5283 int t4_iq_start_stop(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int mbox, bool start,
5284 		     unsigned int pf, unsigned int vf, unsigned int iqid,
5285 		     unsigned int fl0id, unsigned int fl1id)
5286 {
5287 	struct fw_iq_cmd c;
5288 
5289 	memset(&c, 0, sizeof(c));
5290 	c.op_to_vfn = htonl(V_FW_CMD_OP(FW_IQ_CMD) | F_FW_CMD_REQUEST |
5291 			    F_FW_CMD_EXEC | V_FW_IQ_CMD_PFN(pf) |
5292 			    V_FW_IQ_CMD_VFN(vf));
5293 	c.alloc_to_len16 = htonl(V_FW_IQ_CMD_IQSTART(start) |
5294 				 V_FW_IQ_CMD_IQSTOP(!start) | FW_LEN16(c));
5295 	c.iqid = htons(iqid);
5296 	c.fl0id = htons(fl0id);
5297 	c.fl1id = htons(fl1id);
5298 	return t4_wr_mbox(adap, mbox, &c, sizeof(c), NULL);
5299 }
5300 
5301 /**
5302  *	t4_iq_free - free an ingress queue and its FLs
5303  *	@adap: the adapter
5304  *	@mbox: mailbox to use for the FW command
5305  *	@pf: the PF owning the queues
5306  *	@vf: the VF owning the queues
5307  *	@iqtype: the ingress queue type (FW_IQ_TYPE_FL_INT_CAP, etc.)
5308  *	@iqid: ingress queue id
5309  *	@fl0id: FL0 queue id or 0xffff if no attached FL0
5310  *	@fl1id: FL1 queue id or 0xffff if no attached FL1
5311  *
5312  *	Frees an ingress queue and its associated FLs, if any.
5313  */
t4_iq_free(struct adapter * adap,unsigned int mbox,unsigned int pf,unsigned int vf,unsigned int iqtype,unsigned int iqid,unsigned int fl0id,unsigned int fl1id)5314 int t4_iq_free(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int mbox, unsigned int pf,
5315 	       unsigned int vf, unsigned int iqtype, unsigned int iqid,
5316 	       unsigned int fl0id, unsigned int fl1id)
5317 {
5318 	struct fw_iq_cmd c;
5319 
5320 	memset(&c, 0, sizeof(c));
5321 	c.op_to_vfn = htonl(V_FW_CMD_OP(FW_IQ_CMD) | F_FW_CMD_REQUEST |
5322 			    F_FW_CMD_EXEC | V_FW_IQ_CMD_PFN(pf) |
5323 			    V_FW_IQ_CMD_VFN(vf));
5324 	c.alloc_to_len16 = htonl(F_FW_IQ_CMD_FREE | FW_LEN16(c));
5325 	c.type_to_iqandstindex = htonl(V_FW_IQ_CMD_TYPE(iqtype));
5326 	c.iqid = htons(iqid);
5327 	c.fl0id = htons(fl0id);
5328 	c.fl1id = htons(fl1id);
5329 	return t4_wr_mbox(adap, mbox, &c, sizeof(c), NULL);
5330 }
5331 
5332 /**
5333  *	t4_eth_eq_free - free an Ethernet egress queue
5334  *	@adap: the adapter
5335  *	@mbox: mailbox to use for the FW command
5336  *	@pf: the PF owning the queue
5337  *	@vf: the VF owning the queue
5338  *	@eqid: egress queue id
5339  *
5340  *	Frees an Ethernet egress queue.
5341  */
t4_eth_eq_free(struct adapter * adap,unsigned int mbox,unsigned int pf,unsigned int vf,unsigned int eqid)5342 int t4_eth_eq_free(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int mbox, unsigned int pf,
5343 		   unsigned int vf, unsigned int eqid)
5344 {
5345 	struct fw_eq_eth_cmd c;
5346 
5347 	memset(&c, 0, sizeof(c));
5348 	c.op_to_vfn = htonl(V_FW_CMD_OP(FW_EQ_ETH_CMD) | F_FW_CMD_REQUEST |
5349 			    F_FW_CMD_EXEC | V_FW_EQ_ETH_CMD_PFN(pf) |
5350 			    V_FW_EQ_ETH_CMD_VFN(vf));
5351 	c.alloc_to_len16 = htonl(F_FW_EQ_ETH_CMD_FREE | FW_LEN16(c));
5352 	c.eqid_pkd = htonl(V_FW_EQ_ETH_CMD_EQID(eqid));
5353 	return t4_wr_mbox(adap, mbox, &c, sizeof(c), NULL);
5354 }
5355 
5356 /**
5357  *	t4_ctrl_eq_free - free a control egress queue
5358  *	@adap: the adapter
5359  *	@mbox: mailbox to use for the FW command
5360  *	@pf: the PF owning the queue
5361  *	@vf: the VF owning the queue
5362  *	@eqid: egress queue id
5363  *
5364  *	Frees a control egress queue.
5365  */
t4_ctrl_eq_free(struct adapter * adap,unsigned int mbox,unsigned int pf,unsigned int vf,unsigned int eqid)5366 int t4_ctrl_eq_free(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int mbox, unsigned int pf,
5367 		    unsigned int vf, unsigned int eqid)
5368 {
5369 	struct fw_eq_ctrl_cmd c;
5370 
5371 	memset(&c, 0, sizeof(c));
5372 	c.op_to_vfn = htonl(V_FW_CMD_OP(FW_EQ_CTRL_CMD) | F_FW_CMD_REQUEST |
5373 			    F_FW_CMD_EXEC | V_FW_EQ_CTRL_CMD_PFN(pf) |
5374 			    V_FW_EQ_CTRL_CMD_VFN(vf));
5375 	c.alloc_to_len16 = htonl(F_FW_EQ_CTRL_CMD_FREE | FW_LEN16(c));
5376 	c.cmpliqid_eqid = htonl(V_FW_EQ_CTRL_CMD_EQID(eqid));
5377 	return t4_wr_mbox(adap, mbox, &c, sizeof(c), NULL);
5378 }
5379 
5380 /**
5381  *	t4_ofld_eq_free - free an offload egress queue
5382  *	@adap: the adapter
5383  *	@mbox: mailbox to use for the FW command
5384  *	@pf: the PF owning the queue
5385  *	@vf: the VF owning the queue
5386  *	@eqid: egress queue id
5387  *
5388  *	Frees a control egress queue.
5389  */
t4_ofld_eq_free(struct adapter * adap,unsigned int mbox,unsigned int pf,unsigned int vf,unsigned int eqid)5390 int t4_ofld_eq_free(struct adapter *adap, unsigned int mbox, unsigned int pf,
5391 		    unsigned int vf, unsigned int eqid)
5392 {
5393 	struct fw_eq_ofld_cmd c;
5394 
5395 	memset(&c, 0, sizeof(c));
5396 	c.op_to_vfn = htonl(V_FW_CMD_OP(FW_EQ_OFLD_CMD) | F_FW_CMD_REQUEST |
5397 			    F_FW_CMD_EXEC | V_FW_EQ_OFLD_CMD_PFN(pf) |
5398 			    V_FW_EQ_OFLD_CMD_VFN(vf));
5399 	c.alloc_to_len16 = htonl(F_FW_EQ_OFLD_CMD_FREE | FW_LEN16(c));
5400 	c.eqid_pkd = htonl(V_FW_EQ_OFLD_CMD_EQID(eqid));
5401 	return t4_wr_mbox(adap, mbox, &c, sizeof(c), NULL);
5402 }
5403 
5404 /**
5405  *	t4_handle_fw_rpl - process a FW reply message
5406  *	@adap: the adapter
5407  *	@rpl: start of the FW message
5408  *
5409  *	Processes a FW message, such as link state change messages.
5410  */
t4_handle_fw_rpl(struct adapter * adap,const __be64 * rpl)5411 int t4_handle_fw_rpl(struct adapter *adap, const __be64 *rpl)
5412 {
5413 	u8 opcode = *(const u8 *)rpl;
5414 	const struct fw_port_cmd *p = (const void *)rpl;
5415 	unsigned int action = G_FW_PORT_CMD_ACTION(ntohl(p->action_to_len16));
5416 
5417 	if (opcode == FW_PORT_CMD && action == FW_PORT_ACTION_GET_PORT_INFO) {
5418 		/* link/module state change message */
5419 		int speed = 0, fc = 0, i;
5420 		int chan = G_FW_PORT_CMD_PORTID(ntohl(p->op_to_portid));
5421 		struct port_info *pi = NULL;
5422 		struct link_config *lc;
5423 		u32 stat = ntohl(p->u.info.lstatus_to_modtype);
5424 		int link_ok = (stat & F_FW_PORT_CMD_LSTATUS) != 0;
5425 		u32 mod = G_FW_PORT_CMD_MODTYPE(stat);
5426 
5427 		if (stat & F_FW_PORT_CMD_RXPAUSE)
5428 			fc |= PAUSE_RX;
5429 		if (stat & F_FW_PORT_CMD_TXPAUSE)
5430 			fc |= PAUSE_TX;
5431 		if (stat & V_FW_PORT_CMD_LSPEED(FW_PORT_CAP_SPEED_100M))
5432 			speed = SPEED_100;
5433 		else if (stat & V_FW_PORT_CMD_LSPEED(FW_PORT_CAP_SPEED_1G))
5434 			speed = SPEED_1000;
5435 		else if (stat & V_FW_PORT_CMD_LSPEED(FW_PORT_CAP_SPEED_10G))
5436 			speed = SPEED_10000;
5437 		else if (stat & V_FW_PORT_CMD_LSPEED(FW_PORT_CAP_SPEED_40G))
5438 			speed = SPEED_40000;
5439 
5440 		for_each_port(adap, i) {
5441 			pi = adap2pinfo(adap, i);
5442 			if (pi->tx_chan == chan)
5443 				break;
5444 		}
5445 		lc = &pi->link_cfg;
5446 
5447 		if (mod != pi->mod_type) {
5448 			pi->mod_type = mod;
5449 			t4_os_portmod_changed(adap, i);
5450 		}
5451 		if (link_ok != lc->link_ok || speed != lc->speed ||
5452 		    fc != lc->fc) {                    /* something changed */
5453 			int reason;
5454 
5455 			if (!link_ok && lc->link_ok)
5456 				reason = G_FW_PORT_CMD_LINKDNRC(stat);
5457 			else
5458 				reason = -1;
5459 
5460 			lc->link_ok = link_ok;
5461 			lc->speed = speed;
5462 			lc->fc = fc;
5463 			lc->supported = ntohs(p->u.info.pcap);
5464 			t4_os_link_changed(adap, i, link_ok, reason);
5465 		}
5466 	} else {
5467 		CH_WARN_RATELIMIT(adap,
5468 		    "Unknown firmware reply 0x%x (0x%x)\n", opcode, action);
5469 		return -EINVAL;
5470 	}
5471 	return 0;
5472 }
5473 
5474 /**
5475  *	get_pci_mode - determine a card's PCI mode
5476  *	@adapter: the adapter
5477  *	@p: where to store the PCI settings
5478  *
5479  *	Determines a card's PCI mode and associated parameters, such as speed
5480  *	and width.
5481  */
get_pci_mode(struct adapter * adapter,struct pci_params * p)5482 static void __devinit get_pci_mode(struct adapter *adapter,
5483 				   struct pci_params *p)
5484 {
5485 	u16 val;
5486 	u32 pcie_cap;
5487 
5488 	pcie_cap = t4_os_find_pci_capability(adapter, PCI_CAP_ID_EXP);
5489 	if (pcie_cap) {
5490 		t4_os_pci_read_cfg2(adapter, pcie_cap + PCI_EXP_LNKSTA, &val);
5491 		p->speed = val & PCI_EXP_LNKSTA_CLS;
5492 		p->width = (val & PCI_EXP_LNKSTA_NLW) >> 4;
5493 	}
5494 }
5495 
5496 /**
5497  *	init_link_config - initialize a link's SW state
5498  *	@lc: structure holding the link state
5499  *	@caps: link capabilities
5500  *
5501  *	Initializes the SW state maintained for each link, including the link's
5502  *	capabilities and default speed/flow-control/autonegotiation settings.
5503  */
init_link_config(struct link_config * lc,unsigned int caps)5504 static void __devinit init_link_config(struct link_config *lc,
5505 				       unsigned int caps)
5506 {
5507 	lc->supported = caps;
5508 	lc->requested_speed = 0;
5509 	lc->speed = 0;
5510 	lc->requested_fc = lc->fc = PAUSE_RX | PAUSE_TX;
5511 	if (lc->supported & FW_PORT_CAP_ANEG) {
5512 		lc->advertising = lc->supported & ADVERT_MASK;
5513 		lc->autoneg = AUTONEG_ENABLE;
5514 		lc->requested_fc |= PAUSE_AUTONEG;
5515 	} else {
5516 		lc->advertising = 0;
5517 		lc->autoneg = AUTONEG_DISABLE;
5518 	}
5519 }
5520 
get_flash_params(struct adapter * adapter)5521 static int __devinit get_flash_params(struct adapter *adapter)
5522 {
5523 	int ret;
5524 	u32 info = 0;
5525 
5526 	ret = sf1_write(adapter, 1, 1, 0, SF_RD_ID);
5527 	if (!ret)
5528 		ret = sf1_read(adapter, 3, 0, 1, &info);
5529 	t4_write_reg(adapter, A_SF_OP, 0);               /* unlock SF */
5530 	if (ret < 0)
5531 		return ret;
5532 
5533 	if ((info & 0xff) != 0x20)             /* not a Numonix flash */
5534 		return -EINVAL;
5535 	info >>= 16;                           /* log2 of size */
5536 	if (info >= 0x14 && info < 0x18)
5537 		adapter->params.sf_nsec = 1 << (info - 16);
5538 	else if (info == 0x18)
5539 		adapter->params.sf_nsec = 64;
5540 	else
5541 		return -EINVAL;
5542 	adapter->params.sf_size = 1 << info;
5543 	return 0;
5544 }
5545 
set_pcie_completion_timeout(struct adapter * adapter,u8 range)5546 static void __devinit set_pcie_completion_timeout(struct adapter *adapter,
5547 						  u8 range)
5548 {
5549 	u16 val;
5550 	u32 pcie_cap;
5551 
5552 	pcie_cap = t4_os_find_pci_capability(adapter, PCI_CAP_ID_EXP);
5553 	if (pcie_cap) {
5554 		t4_os_pci_read_cfg2(adapter, pcie_cap + PCI_EXP_DEVCTL2, &val);
5555 		val &= 0xfff0;
5556 		val |= range ;
5557 		t4_os_pci_write_cfg2(adapter, pcie_cap + PCI_EXP_DEVCTL2, val);
5558 	}
5559 }
5560 
5561 /**
5562  *	t4_prep_adapter - prepare SW and HW for operation
5563  *	@adapter: the adapter
5564  *	@reset: if true perform a HW reset
5565  *
5566  *	Initialize adapter SW state for the various HW modules, set initial
5567  *	values for some adapter tunables, take PHYs out of reset, and
5568  *	initialize the MDIO interface.
5569  */
t4_prep_adapter(struct adapter * adapter)5570 int __devinit t4_prep_adapter(struct adapter *adapter)
5571 {
5572 	int ret;
5573 	uint16_t device_id;
5574 	uint32_t pl_rev;
5575 
5576 	get_pci_mode(adapter, &adapter->params.pci);
5577 
5578 	pl_rev = t4_read_reg(adapter, A_PL_REV);
5579 	adapter->params.chipid = G_CHIPID(pl_rev);
5580 	adapter->params.rev = G_REV(pl_rev);
5581 	if (adapter->params.chipid == 0) {
5582 		/* T4 did not have chipid in PL_REV (T5 onwards do) */
5583 		adapter->params.chipid = CHELSIO_T4;
5584 
5585 		/* T4A1 chip is not supported */
5586 		if (adapter->params.rev == 1) {
5587 			CH_ALERT(adapter, "T4 rev 1 chip is not supported.\n");
5588 			return -EINVAL;
5589 		}
5590 	}
5591 	adapter->params.pci.vpd_cap_addr =
5592 	    t4_os_find_pci_capability(adapter, PCI_CAP_ID_VPD);
5593 
5594 	ret = get_flash_params(adapter);
5595 	if (ret < 0)
5596 		return ret;
5597 
5598 	ret = get_vpd_params(adapter, &adapter->params.vpd);
5599 	if (ret < 0)
5600 		return ret;
5601 
5602 	/* Cards with real ASICs have the chipid in the PCIe device id */
5603 	t4_os_pci_read_cfg2(adapter, PCI_DEVICE_ID, &device_id);
5604 	if (device_id >> 12 == adapter->params.chipid)
5605 		adapter->params.cim_la_size = CIMLA_SIZE;
5606 	else {
5607 		/* FPGA */
5608 		adapter->params.fpga = 1;
5609 		adapter->params.cim_la_size = 2 * CIMLA_SIZE;
5610 	}
5611 
5612 	init_cong_ctrl(adapter->params.a_wnd, adapter->params.b_wnd);
5613 
5614 	/*
5615 	 * Default port and clock for debugging in case we can't reach FW.
5616 	 */
5617 	adapter->params.nports = 1;
5618 	adapter->params.portvec = 1;
5619 	adapter->params.vpd.cclk = 50000;
5620 
5621 	/* Set pci completion timeout value to 4 seconds. */
5622 	set_pcie_completion_timeout(adapter, 0xd);
5623 	return 0;
5624 }
5625 
5626 /**
5627  *	t4_init_tp_params - initialize adap->params.tp
5628  *	@adap: the adapter
5629  *
5630  *	Initialize various fields of the adapter's TP Parameters structure.
5631  */
t4_init_tp_params(struct adapter * adap)5632 int __devinit t4_init_tp_params(struct adapter *adap)
5633 {
5634 	int chan;
5635 	u32 v;
5636 
5637 	v = t4_read_reg(adap, A_TP_TIMER_RESOLUTION);
5638 	adap->params.tp.tre = G_TIMERRESOLUTION(v);
5639 	adap->params.tp.dack_re = G_DELAYEDACKRESOLUTION(v);
5640 
5641 	/* MODQ_REQ_MAP defaults to setting queues 0-3 to chan 0-3 */
5642 	for (chan = 0; chan < NCHAN; chan++)
5643 		adap->params.tp.tx_modq[chan] = chan;
5644 
5645 	t4_read_indirect(adap, A_TP_PIO_ADDR, A_TP_PIO_DATA,
5646 			 &adap->params.tp.ingress_config, 1,
5647 			 A_TP_INGRESS_CONFIG);
5648 	refresh_vlan_pri_map(adap);
5649 
5650 	return 0;
5651 }
5652 
5653 /**
5654  *	t4_filter_field_shift - calculate filter field shift
5655  *	@adap: the adapter
5656  *	@filter_sel: the desired field (from TP_VLAN_PRI_MAP bits)
5657  *
5658  *	Return the shift position of a filter field within the Compressed
5659  *	Filter Tuple.  The filter field is specified via its selection bit
5660  *	within TP_VLAN_PRI_MAL (filter mode).  E.g. F_VLAN.
5661  */
t4_filter_field_shift(const struct adapter * adap,int filter_sel)5662 int t4_filter_field_shift(const struct adapter *adap, int filter_sel)
5663 {
5664 	unsigned int filter_mode = adap->params.tp.vlan_pri_map;
5665 	unsigned int sel;
5666 	int field_shift;
5667 
5668 	if ((filter_mode & filter_sel) == 0)
5669 		return -1;
5670 
5671 	for (sel = 1, field_shift = 0; sel < filter_sel; sel <<= 1) {
5672 	    switch (filter_mode & sel) {
5673 		case F_FCOE:          field_shift += W_FT_FCOE;          break;
5674 		case F_PORT:          field_shift += W_FT_PORT;          break;
5675 		case F_VNIC_ID:       field_shift += W_FT_VNIC_ID;       break;
5676 		case F_VLAN:          field_shift += W_FT_VLAN;          break;
5677 		case F_TOS:           field_shift += W_FT_TOS;           break;
5678 		case F_PROTOCOL:      field_shift += W_FT_PROTOCOL;      break;
5679 		case F_ETHERTYPE:     field_shift += W_FT_ETHERTYPE;     break;
5680 		case F_MACMATCH:      field_shift += W_FT_MACMATCH;      break;
5681 		case F_MPSHITTYPE:    field_shift += W_FT_MPSHITTYPE;    break;
5682 		case F_FRAGMENTATION: field_shift += W_FT_FRAGMENTATION; break;
5683 	    }
5684 	}
5685 	return field_shift;
5686 }
5687 
t4_port_init(struct port_info * p,int mbox,int pf,int vf)5688 int __devinit t4_port_init(struct port_info *p, int mbox, int pf, int vf)
5689 {
5690 	u8 addr[6];
5691 	int ret, i, j;
5692 	struct fw_port_cmd c;
5693 	u16 rss_size;
5694 	adapter_t *adap = p->adapter;
5695 
5696 	memset(&c, 0, sizeof(c));
5697 
5698 	for (i = 0, j = -1; i <= p->port_id; i++) {
5699 		do {
5700 			j++;
5701 		} while ((adap->params.portvec & (1 << j)) == 0);
5702 	}
5703 
5704 	c.op_to_portid = htonl(V_FW_CMD_OP(FW_PORT_CMD) |
5705 			       F_FW_CMD_REQUEST | F_FW_CMD_READ |
5706 			       V_FW_PORT_CMD_PORTID(j));
5707 	c.action_to_len16 = htonl(
5708 		V_FW_PORT_CMD_ACTION(FW_PORT_ACTION_GET_PORT_INFO) |
5709 		FW_LEN16(c));
5710 	ret = t4_wr_mbox(adap, mbox, &c, sizeof(c), &c);
5711 	if (ret)
5712 		return ret;
5713 
5714 	ret = t4_alloc_vi(adap, mbox, j, pf, vf, 1, addr, &rss_size);
5715 	if (ret < 0)
5716 		return ret;
5717 
5718 	p->viid = ret;
5719 	p->tx_chan = j;
5720 	p->rx_chan_map = get_mps_bg_map(adap, j);
5721 	p->lport = j;
5722 	p->rss_size = rss_size;
5723 	t4_os_set_hw_addr(adap, p->port_id, addr);
5724 
5725 	ret = ntohl(c.u.info.lstatus_to_modtype);
5726 	p->mdio_addr = (ret & F_FW_PORT_CMD_MDIOCAP) ?
5727 		G_FW_PORT_CMD_MDIOADDR(ret) : -1;
5728 	p->port_type = G_FW_PORT_CMD_PTYPE(ret);
5729 	p->mod_type = G_FW_PORT_CMD_MODTYPE(ret);
5730 
5731 	init_link_config(&p->link_cfg, ntohs(c.u.info.pcap));
5732 
5733 	return 0;
5734 }
5735 
t4_sched_config(struct adapter * adapter,int type,int minmaxen,int sleep_ok)5736 int t4_sched_config(struct adapter *adapter, int type, int minmaxen,
5737     		    int sleep_ok)
5738 {
5739 	struct fw_sched_cmd cmd;
5740 
5741 	memset(&cmd, 0, sizeof(cmd));
5742 	cmd.op_to_write = cpu_to_be32(V_FW_CMD_OP(FW_SCHED_CMD) |
5743 				      F_FW_CMD_REQUEST |
5744 				      F_FW_CMD_WRITE);
5745 	cmd.retval_len16 = cpu_to_be32(FW_LEN16(cmd));
5746 
5747 	cmd.u.config.sc = FW_SCHED_SC_CONFIG;
5748 	cmd.u.config.type = type;
5749 	cmd.u.config.minmaxen = minmaxen;
5750 
5751 	return t4_wr_mbox_meat(adapter,adapter->mbox, &cmd, sizeof(cmd),
5752 			       NULL, sleep_ok);
5753 }
5754 
t4_sched_params(struct adapter * adapter,int type,int level,int mode,int rateunit,int ratemode,int channel,int cl,int minrate,int maxrate,int weight,int pktsize,int sleep_ok)5755 int t4_sched_params(struct adapter *adapter, int type, int level, int mode,
5756 		    int rateunit, int ratemode, int channel, int cl,
5757 		    int minrate, int maxrate, int weight, int pktsize,
5758 		    int sleep_ok)
5759 {
5760 	struct fw_sched_cmd cmd;
5761 
5762 	memset(&cmd, 0, sizeof(cmd));
5763 	cmd.op_to_write = cpu_to_be32(V_FW_CMD_OP(FW_SCHED_CMD) |
5764 				      F_FW_CMD_REQUEST |
5765 				      F_FW_CMD_WRITE);
5766 	cmd.retval_len16 = cpu_to_be32(FW_LEN16(cmd));
5767 
5768 	cmd.u.params.sc = FW_SCHED_SC_PARAMS;
5769 	cmd.u.params.type = type;
5770 	cmd.u.params.level = level;
5771 	cmd.u.params.mode = mode;
5772 	cmd.u.params.ch = channel;
5773 	cmd.u.params.cl = cl;
5774 	cmd.u.params.unit = rateunit;
5775 	cmd.u.params.rate = ratemode;
5776 	cmd.u.params.min = cpu_to_be32(minrate);
5777 	cmd.u.params.max = cpu_to_be32(maxrate);
5778 	cmd.u.params.weight = cpu_to_be16(weight);
5779 	cmd.u.params.pktsize = cpu_to_be16(pktsize);
5780 
5781 	return t4_wr_mbox_meat(adapter,adapter->mbox, &cmd, sizeof(cmd),
5782 			       NULL, sleep_ok);
5783 }
5784